/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H #define __NET_CFG80211_H /* * 802.11 device and configuration interface * * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH * Copyright (C) 2018-2026 Intel Corporation */ #include <linux/ethtool.h> #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> #include <linux/netdevice.h> #include <linux/debugfs.h> #include <linux/list.h> #include <linux/bug.h> #include <linux/netlink.h> #include <linux/skbuff.h> #include <linux/nl80211.h> #include <linux/if_ether.h> #include <linux/ieee80211.h> #include <linux/net.h> #include <linux/rfkill.h> #include <net/regulatory.h> /** * DOC: Introduction * * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. * * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum * use restrictions. */ /** * DOC: Device registration * * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs * described below. * * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes * the wireless part of the interface. Normally this struct is embedded in the * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. * * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. */ struct wiphy; /* * wireless hardware capability structures */ /** * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags * * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. * * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes * sending probe requests or beaconing. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) is set for this * channel. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel * is not permitted. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel * is not permitted. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth * restrictions. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth * restrictions. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted * on this channel. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted * on this channel. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth * restrictions. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection with VLP AP * not permitted using this channel * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection with AFC AP * not permitted using this channel * @IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used for monitor * mode even in the presence of other (regulatory) restrictions, * even if it is otherwise disabled. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Allow using this channel for AP operation * with very low power (VLP), even if otherwise set to NO_IR. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity on a 20 MHz channel, * even if otherwise set to NO_IR. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_S1G_NO_PRIMARY: Prevents the channel for use as an S1G * primary channel. Does not prevent the wider operating channel * described by the chandef from being used. In order for a 2MHz primary * to be used, both 1MHz subchannels shall not contain this flag. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_UHR: UHR operation is not permitted on this channel. */ enum ieee80211_channel_flags { IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = BIT(0), IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = BIT(1), IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD = BIT(2), IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = BIT(3), IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = BIT(4), IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = BIT(5), IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = BIT(6), IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = BIT(7), IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = BIT(8), IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = BIT(9), IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = BIT(10), IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = BIT(11), IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = BIT(12), IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = BIT(13), /* can use free bits here */ IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_UHR = BIT(18), IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = BIT(19), IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = BIT(20), IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT = BIT(21), IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = BIT(22), IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = BIT(23), IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR = BIT(24), IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = BIT(25), IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = BIT(26), IEEE80211_CHAN_S1G_NO_PRIMARY = BIT(27), IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_4MHZ = BIT(28), IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_8MHZ = BIT(29), IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_16MHZ = BIT(30), }; #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) /** * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition * * This structure describes a single channel for use * with cfg80211. * * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory * code to support devices with additional restrictions * @band: band this channel belongs to. * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. * @orig_mag: internal use * @orig_mpwr: internal use * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required * on this channel. * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. * @psd: power spectral density (in dBm) */ struct ieee80211_channel { enum nl80211_band band; u32 center_freq; u16 freq_offset; u16 hw_value; u32 flags; int max_antenna_gain; int max_power; int max_reg_power; bool beacon_found; u32 orig_flags; int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; unsigned long dfs_state_entered; unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; s8 psd; }; /** * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags * * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for * different bands/PHY modes. * * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and * with CCK rates. * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the * core code when registering the wiphy. * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the * core code when registering the wiphy. * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the * core code when registering the wiphy. * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode */ enum ieee80211_rate_flags { IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(0), IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = BIT(1), IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = BIT(2), IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = BIT(3), IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = BIT(4), IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = BIT(5), IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = BIT(6), }; /** * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter * * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type */ enum ieee80211_bss_type { IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY }; /** * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter * * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting */ enum ieee80211_privacy { IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY }; #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) /** * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition * * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are * passed around. * * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when * short preamble is used */ struct ieee80211_rate { u32 flags; u16 bitrate; u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; }; /** * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse * * @enable: is the feature enabled. * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by * members of the SRG * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values * used by members of the SRG */ struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { bool enable; u8 sr_ctrl; u8 non_srg_max_offset; u8 min_offset; u8 max_offset; u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; }; /** * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring * * @color: the current color. * @enabled: HE BSS color is used * @partial: define the AID equation. */ struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { u8 color; bool enabled; bool partial; }; /** * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities * * This structure describes most essential parameters needed * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. * * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing * @mcs: Supported MCS rates */ struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ bool ht_supported; u8 ampdu_factor; u8 ampdu_density; struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; }; /** * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities * * This structure describes most essential parameters needed * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. * * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates */ struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { bool vht_supported; u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; }; #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 /** * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities * * This structure describes most essential parameters needed * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. * * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. */ struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { bool has_he; struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; }; /** * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS * * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS * and NSS Set field" * * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz */ struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { union { struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; struct { struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; } __packed bw; } __packed; } __packed; #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 /** * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities * * This structure describes most essential parameters needed * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. * * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. */ struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { bool has_eht; struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; }; /** * struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap - STA's UHR capabilities * @has_uhr: true iff UHR is supported and data is valid * @mac: fixed MAC capabilities * @phy: fixed PHY capabilities */ struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap { bool has_uhr; struct ieee80211_uhr_cap_mac mac; struct ieee80211_uhr_cap_phy phy; }; /* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */ #ifdef __CHECKER__ /* * This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed * to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot * of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be * noisy when the pointer is used directly. */ # define __iftd __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data))) #else # define __iftd #endif /* __CHECKER__ */ /** * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type * * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. * * @types_mask: interface types mask * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities * @uhr_cap: STA's UHR capabilities * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length */ struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { u16 types_mask; struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap uhr_cap; struct { const u8 *data; unsigned int len; } vendor_elems; }; /** * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations * * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz */ enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, }; /** * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration * * This structure describes most essential parameters needed * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration * * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations */ struct ieee80211_edmg { u8 channels; enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; }; /** * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities * * This structure describes most essential parameters needed * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. * * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA * @cap: S1G capabilities information * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set */ struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { bool s1g; u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ u8 nss_mcs[5]; }; /** * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition * * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy * is able to operate in. * * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with * in this band. * @band: the band this structure represents * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1G band only, of course) * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of * iftype_data). */ struct ieee80211_supported_band { struct ieee80211_channel *channels; struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; enum nl80211_band band; int n_channels; int n_bitrates; struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; u16 n_iftype_data; const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data; }; /** * _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array * @sband: the sband to initialize * @iftd: the iftype data array pointer * @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array * * Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot * be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used. */ static inline void _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd, u16 n_iftd) { sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd; sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd; } /** * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array * @sband: the sband to initialize * @iftd: the iftype data array */ #define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd) \ _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd)) /** * for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries * @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate * @i: iterator counter * @iftd: iftype data pointer to set */ #define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd) \ for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]; \ i < (sband)->n_iftype_data; \ i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]) /** * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype * * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found */ static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, u8 iftype) { const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data; int i; if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES)) return NULL; if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN) iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP; for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) { if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) return data; } return NULL; } /** * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype * * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found */ static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, u8 iftype) { const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) return &data->he_cap; return NULL; } /** * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on * @iftype: the iftype to search for * * Return: the 6GHz capabilities */ static inline __le16 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, enum nl80211_iftype iftype) { const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) return 0; return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; } /** * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return EHT capabilities for an sband's iftype * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype * * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found */ static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, enum nl80211_iftype iftype) { const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) return &data->eht_cap; return NULL; } /** * ieee80211_get_uhr_iftype_cap - return UHR capabilities for an sband's iftype * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype * * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap, or NULL is none found */ static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap * ieee80211_get_uhr_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, enum nl80211_iftype iftype) { const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); if (data && data->uhr_cap.has_uhr) return &data->uhr_cap; return NULL; } /** * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree * * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for * * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). * * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified * without affecting other devices. * * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). */ #ifdef CONFIG_OF void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); #else /* CONFIG_OF */ static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) { } #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ /* * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods */ /** * DOC: Actions and configuration * * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these * operations use are described separately. * * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status * information via some functions that drivers need to call. * * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described * in a separate chapter. */ #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) /** * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may * determine the address as needed. * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed */ struct vif_params { u32 flags; int use_4addr; u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; }; /** * struct key_params - key information * * Information about a key * * @key: key material * @key_len: length of key material * @cipher: cipher suite selector * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN), must be in little endian, * length given by @seq_len. * @seq_len: length of @seq. * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) */ struct key_params { const u8 *key; const u8 *seq; int key_len; int seq_len; u16 vlan_id; u32 cipher; enum nl80211_key_mode mode; }; /** * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition * @chan: the (control) channel * @width: channel width * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment * (only with 80+80 MHz) * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), * chan will define the primary channel and all other * parameters are ignored. * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz * @punctured: mask of the punctured 20 MHz subchannels, with * bits turned on being disabled (punctured); numbered * from lower to higher frequency (like in the spec) * @s1g_primary_2mhz: Indicates if the control channel pointed to * by 'chan' exists as a 1MHz primary subchannel within an * S1G 2MHz primary channel. */ struct cfg80211_chan_def { struct ieee80211_channel *chan; enum nl80211_chan_width width; u32 center_freq1; u32 center_freq2; struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; u16 freq1_offset; u16 punctured; bool s1g_primary_2mhz; }; /* * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control */ struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { struct { u32 legacy; u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; u16 eht_mcs[NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX]; enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; enum nl80211_eht_gi eht_gi; enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; enum nl80211_eht_ltf eht_ltf; } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; }; /** * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration * of the peer. * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID * @retry_long: retry count value * @retry_short: retry count value * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID */ struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { bool config_override; u8 tids; u64 mask; enum nl80211_tid_config noack; u8 retry_long, retry_short; enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; }; /** * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration * @peer: Station's MAC address * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied * @tid_conf: Configuration change info */ struct cfg80211_tid_config { const u8 *peer; u32 n_tid_conf; struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf); }; /** * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data * @macaddr: STA MAC address * @kek: FILS KEK * @kek_len: FILS KEK length * @snonce: STA Nonce * @anonce: AP Nonce */ struct cfg80211_fils_aad { const u8 *macaddr; const u8 *kek; u8 kek_len; const u8 *snonce; const u8 *anonce; }; /** * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all * addresses. * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. */ struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { const u8 *macaddr; bool enable; }; /** * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef * @chandef: the channel definition * * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. */ static inline enum nl80211_channel_type cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) { switch (chandef->width) { case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; default: WARN_ON(1); return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; } } /** * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill * @channel: the control channel * @chantype: the channel type * * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. */ void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, struct ieee80211_channel *channel, enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); /** * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical * @chandef1: first channel definition * @chandef2: second channel definition * * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are * identical, %false otherwise. */ static inline bool cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) { return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && chandef1->width == chandef2->width && chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2 && chandef1->punctured == chandef2->punctured && chandef1->s1g_primary_2mhz == chandef2->s1g_primary_2mhz); } /** * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel * * @chandef: the channel definition * * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. */ static inline bool cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) { return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; } /** * cfg80211_chandef_is_s1g - check if chandef represents an S1G channel * @chandef: the channel definition * * Return: %true if S1G. */ static inline bool cfg80211_chandef_is_s1g(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) { return chandef->chan->band == NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ; } /** * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible * @chandef1: first channel definition * @chandef2: second channel definition * * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. */ const struct cfg80211_chan_def * cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); /** * nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz - get the channel width in MHz * @chan_width: the channel width from &enum nl80211_chan_width * * Return: channel width in MHz if the chan_width from &enum nl80211_chan_width * is valid. -1 otherwise. */ int nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width); /** * cfg80211_chandef_get_width - return chandef width in MHz * @c: chandef to return bandwidth for * Return: channel width in MHz for the given chandef; note that it returns * 80 for 80+80 configurations */ static inline int cfg80211_chandef_get_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *c) { return nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(c->width); } /** * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid * @chandef: the channel definition to check * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. */ bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); /** * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against * @chandef: the channel definition to check * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. */ bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, u32 prohibited_flags); /** * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against * @chandef: the channel definition to check * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype * Returns: * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error */ int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, enum nl80211_iftype iftype); /** * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable - checks if chandef is DFS usable and we * can/need start CAC on such channel * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against * @chandef: the channel definition to check * * Return: true if all channels available and at least * one channel requires CAC (NL80211_DFS_USABLE) */ bool cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); /** * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time - get the DFS CAC time (in ms) for given * channel definition * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against * @chandef: the channel definition to check * * Returns: DFS CAC time (in ms) which applies for this channel definition */ unsigned int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time(struct wiphy *wiphy, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); /** * cfg80211_chandef_primary - calculate primary 40/80/160 MHz freq * @chandef: chandef to calculate for * @primary_chan_width: primary channel width to calculate center for * @punctured: punctured sub-channel bitmap, will be recalculated * according to the new bandwidth, can be %NULL * * Returns: the primary 40/80/160 MHz channel center frequency, or -1 * for errors, updating the punctured bitmap */ int cfg80211_chandef_primary(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, enum nl80211_chan_width primary_chan_width, u16 *punctured); /** * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition. * @msg: the msg to send channel definition * @chandef: the channel definition to check * * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error **/ int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); /** * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef * * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. * * @chandef: channel definition for the channel * * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef */ static inline int ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) { switch (chandef->width) { case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, chandef->chan->max_power); case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, chandef->chan->max_power); default: break; } return chandef->chan->max_power; } /** * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for * @band_mask: which bands to check on * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account * * Return: %true if usable channels found, %false otherwise */ bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, unsigned long band_mask, u32 prohibited_flags); /** * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags * * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in * * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info * it has filled in during the get_survey(). */ enum survey_info_flags { SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), }; /** * struct survey_info - channel survey response * * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single * record to report global statistics * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are * optional * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS * * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. * * This structure can later be expanded with things like * channel duty cycle etc. */ struct survey_info { struct ieee80211_channel *channel; u64 time; u64 time_busy; u64 time_ext_busy; u64 time_rx; u64 time_tx; u64 time_scan; u64 time_bss_rx; u32 filled; s8 noise; }; #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 /** * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites * @akm_suites: AKM suites * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be * allowed through even on unauthorized ports * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port * protocol frames. * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control * port for mac80211 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE * offload) * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: * * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in * such a scenario. * * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only * * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT * Allow hash-to-element only * * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element */ struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { u32 wpa_versions; u32 cipher_group; int n_ciphers_pairwise; u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; int n_akm_suites; u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; bool control_port; __be16 control_port_ethertype; bool control_port_no_encrypt; bool control_port_over_nl80211; bool control_port_no_preauth; const u8 *psk; const u8 *sae_pwd; u8 sae_pwd_len; enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; }; /** * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid * * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set * @tx_link_id: link ID of the transmitted profile in an MLD. * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. */ struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; u8 tx_link_id; u8 index; bool ema; }; /** * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements * * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. * * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. * @elem.len: Length of data. */ struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { u8 cnt; struct { const u8 *data; size_t len; } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); }; /** * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements * * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. * * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements. * @elem.len: Length of data. */ struct cfg80211_rnr_elems { u8 cnt; struct { const u8 *data; size_t len; } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); }; /** * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) * or %NULL if not changed * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) * or %NULL if not changed * @head_len: length of @head * @tail_len: length of @tail * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response * frames or %NULL * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association * Response frames or %NULL * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token * (measurement type 8) * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement * Token (measurement type 11) * @lci_len: LCI data length * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color * attribute is present in beacon data or not. */ struct cfg80211_beacon_data { unsigned int link_id; const u8 *head, *tail; const u8 *beacon_ies; const u8 *proberesp_ies; const u8 *assocresp_ies; const u8 *probe_resp; const u8 *lci; const u8 *civicloc; struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies; s8 ftm_responder; size_t head_len, tail_len; size_t beacon_ies_len; size_t proberesp_ies_len; size_t assocresp_ies_len; size_t probe_resp_len; size_t lci_len; size_t civicloc_len; struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; bool he_bss_color_valid; }; struct mac_address { u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; }; /** * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data * * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's * entry specified by mac_addr * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL */ struct cfg80211_acl_data { enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; int n_acl_entries; /* Keep it last */ struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries); }; /** * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. * * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) * @tmpl_len: Template length * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action * frame headers. */ struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { bool update; u32 min_interval; u32 max_interval; size_t tmpl_len; const u8 *tmpl; }; /** * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe * response parameters in 6GHz. * * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive * scanning * @tmpl_len: Template length * @tmpl: Template data for probe response */ struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { bool update; u32 interval; size_t tmpl_len; const u8 *tmpl; }; /** * struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon - S1G short beacon data. * * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. * @short_head: Short beacon head. * @short_tail: Short beacon tail. * @short_head_len: Short beacon head len. * @short_tail_len: Short beacon tail len. */ struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon { bool update; const u8 *short_head; const u8 *short_tail; size_t short_head_len; size_t short_tail_len; }; /** * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration * * Used to configure an AP interface. * * @chandef: defines the channel to use * @beacon: beacon data * @beacon_interval: beacon interval * @dtim_period: DTIM period * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from * user space) * @ssid_len: length of @ssid * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames * @crypto: crypto settings * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for * MAC address based access control * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG * networks. * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) * @uhr_oper: UHR operation (or %NULL if UHR isn't enabled) * @ht_required: stations must support HT * @vht_required: stations must support VHT * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time * @he_required: stations must support HE * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid * @s1g_long_beacon_period: S1G long beacon period * @s1g_short_beacon: S1G short beacon data */ struct cfg80211_ap_settings { struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; int beacon_interval, dtim_period; const u8 *ssid; size_t ssid_len; enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; bool privacy; enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; int inactivity_timeout; u8 p2p_ctwindow; bool p2p_opp_ps; const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; bool pbss; struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; const struct ieee80211_uhr_operation *uhr_oper; bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; bool twt_responder; u32 flags; struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; u8 s1g_long_beacon_period; struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon s1g_short_beacon; }; /** * struct cfg80211_ap_update - AP configuration update * * Subset of &struct cfg80211_ap_settings, for updating a running AP. * * @beacon: beacon data * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters * @s1g_short_beacon: S1G short beacon data */ struct cfg80211_ap_update { struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon s1g_short_beacon; }; /** * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings * * Used for channel switch * * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing * @count: number of beacons until switch * @link_id: defines the link on which channel switch is expected during * MLO. 0 in case of non-MLO. */ struct cfg80211_csa_settings { struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; bool radar_required; bool block_tx; u8 count; u8 link_id; }; /** * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings * * Used for bss color change * * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters * @count: number of beacons until the color change * @color: the color used after the change * @link_id: defines the link on which color change is expected during MLO. * 0 in case of non-MLO. */ struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; u16 counter_offset_beacon; u16 counter_offset_presp; struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; u8 count; u8 color; u8 link_id; }; /** * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations * * Used to pass interface combination parameters * * @radio_idx: wiphy radio index or -1 for global * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want * to use for verification * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum * nl80211_iftype. * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of * the verification */ struct iface_combination_params { int radio_idx; int num_different_channels; u8 radar_detect; int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; u32 new_beacon_int; }; /** * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state * * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, * for those that don't these flags will are used. */ enum station_parameters_apply_mask { STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), }; /** * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration * * Used to configure txpower for station. * * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx * power per-interface or per-station. * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for * per peer TPC. */ struct sta_txpwr { s16 power; enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; }; /** * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters * * Used to change and create a new link station. * * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) * @link_mac: MAC address of the link * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format * (or NULL for no change) * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities * @s1g_capa: S1G capabilities of station * @uhr_capa: UHR capabilities of the station * @uhr_capa_len: the length of the UHR capabilities */ struct link_station_parameters { const u8 *mld_mac; int link_id; const u8 *link_mac; const u8 *supported_rates; u8 supported_rates_len; const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; u8 opmode_notif; bool opmode_notif_used; const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; u8 he_capa_len; struct sta_txpwr txpwr; bool txpwr_set; const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; u8 eht_capa_len; const struct ieee80211_s1g_cap *s1g_capa; const struct ieee80211_uhr_cap *uhr_capa; u8 uhr_capa_len; }; /** * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters * * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). * * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station * @link_id: the link id */ struct link_station_del_parameters { const u8 *mld_mac; u32 link_id; }; /** * struct cfg80211_ttlm_params: TID to link mapping parameters * * Used for setting a TID to link mapping. * * @dlink: Downlink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. * @ulink: Uplink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. */ struct cfg80211_ttlm_params { u16 dlink[8]; u16 ulink[8]; }; /** * struct station_parameters - station parameters * * Used to change and create a new station. * * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) * @sta_flags_set: station flags values * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change * @aid: AID or zero for no change * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change * @plink_action: plink action to take * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the * QoS info field (but already shifted down) * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set * to unknown) * @capability: station capability * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station * @eml_cap_present: Specifies if EML capabilities field (@eml_cap) is * present/updated * @eml_cap: EML capabilities of this station * @link_sta_params: link related params. * @epp_peer: EPP peer indication */ struct station_parameters { struct net_device *vlan; u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; u32 sta_modify_mask; int listen_interval; u16 aid; u16 vlan_id; u16 peer_aid; u8 plink_action; u8 plink_state; u8 uapsd_queues; u8 max_sp; enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; u16 capability; const u8 *ext_capab; u8 ext_capab_len; const u8 *supported_channels; u8 supported_channels_len; const u8 *supported_oper_classes; u8 supported_oper_classes_len; int support_p2p_ps; u16 airtime_weight; bool eml_cap_present; u16 eml_cap; struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; bool epp_peer; }; /** * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters * * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). * * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame * @link_id: Link ID indicating a link that stations to be flushed must be * using; valid only for MLO, but can also be -1 for MLO to really * remove all stations. */ struct station_del_parameters { const u8 *mac; u8 subtype; u16 reason_code; int link_id; }; /** * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has * the AP MLME in the device * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is * supported/used) * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) */ enum cfg80211_station_type { CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, CFG80211_STA_IBSS, CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, }; /** * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on * @params: the new parameters for a station * @statype: the type of station being modified * * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable. * * Return: 0 if the change is acceptable, otherwise an error code. Note that * it may modify the parameters for backward compatibility reasons, so don't * use them before calling this. */ int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct station_parameters *params, enum cfg80211_station_type statype); /** * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags * * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission * type for 802.11n transmissions. * * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_MCS: UHR MCS information * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_ELR_MCS: UHR ELR MCS was used * (set together with @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_MCS) * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_IM: UHR Interference Mitigation * was used */ enum rate_info_flags { RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8), RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_MCS = BIT(9), RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_ELR_MCS = BIT(10), RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_IM = BIT(11), }; /** * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information * * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. * * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT/UHR RU allocation * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth */ enum rate_info_bw { RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, RATE_INFO_BW_5, RATE_INFO_BW_10, RATE_INFO_BW_40, RATE_INFO_BW_80, RATE_INFO_BW_160, RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, RATE_INFO_BW_320, RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, RATE_INFO_BW_1, RATE_INFO_BW_2, RATE_INFO_BW_4, RATE_INFO_BW_8, RATE_INFO_BW_16, }; /** * struct rate_info - bitrate information * * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate * * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G/UHR rate * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) * @he_dcm: HE DCM value * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) */ struct rate_info { u16 flags; u16 legacy; u8 mcs; u8 nss; u8 bw; u8 he_gi; u8 he_dcm; u8 he_ru_alloc; u8 n_bonded_ch; u8 eht_gi; u8 eht_ru_alloc; }; /** * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags * * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission * type for 802.11n transmissions. * * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled */ enum bss_param_flags { BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = BIT(0), BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1), BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2), }; /** * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station * * Information about the currently associated BSS * * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS * @beacon_interval: beacon interval */ struct sta_bss_parameters { u8 flags; u8 dtim_period; u16 beacon_interval; }; /** * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged * @flows: number of new flows seen * @drops: total number of packets dropped * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow * @collisions: number of hash collisions * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported */ struct cfg80211_txq_stats { u32 filled; u32 backlog_bytes; u32 backlog_packets; u32 flows; u32 drops; u32 ecn_marks; u32 overlimit; u32 overmemory; u32 collisions; u32 tx_bytes; u32 tx_packets; u32 max_flows; }; /** * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for * transmitted MSDUs * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics */ struct cfg80211_tid_stats { u32 filled; u64 rx_msdu; u64 tx_msdu; u64 tx_msdu_retries; u64 tx_msdu_failed; struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; }; #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 /** * struct link_station_info - link station information * * Link station information filled by driver for get_station() and * dump_station(). * @filled: bit flag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a link of station is last connected * @inactive_time: time since last activity for link station(tx/rx) * in milliseconds * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association of link of station * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this link of station * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this link of station * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's * signal_type. For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_ * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this link of station * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this link of station * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this link of station * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this link of station * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) for this link of station * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. * @bss_param: current BSS parameters * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) * towards this station. * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received * from this peer * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has * been sent. * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. * @addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with address of the link of station. */ struct link_station_info { u64 filled; u32 connected_time; u32 inactive_time; u64 assoc_at; u64 rx_bytes; u64 tx_bytes; s8 signal; s8 signal_avg; u8 chains; s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; struct rate_info txrate; struct rate_info rxrate; u32 rx_packets; u32 tx_packets; u32 tx_retries; u32 tx_failed; u32 rx_dropped_misc; struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; u32 beacon_loss_count; u32 expected_throughput; u64 tx_duration; u64 rx_duration; u64 rx_beacon; u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; u16 airtime_weight; s8 ack_signal; s8 avg_ack_signal; struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; u32 rx_mpdu_count; u32 fcs_err_count; u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); }; /** * struct station_info - station information * * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. * * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. * @bss_param: current BSS parameters * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. * This number should increase every time the list of stations * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. * @llid: mesh local link id * @plid: mesh peer link id * @plink_state: mesh peer link state * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) * towards this station. * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received * from this peer * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has * been sent. * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and * dump_station() callbacks. * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. * @valid_links: bitmap of valid links, or 0 for non-MLO. Drivers fill this * information in cfg80211_new_sta(), cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), * get_station() and dump_station() callbacks. * @links: reference to Link sta entries for MLO STA, all link specific * information is accessed through links[link_id]. */ struct station_info { u64 filled; u32 connected_time; u32 inactive_time; u64 assoc_at; u64 rx_bytes; u64 tx_bytes; s8 signal; s8 signal_avg; u8 chains; s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; struct rate_info txrate; struct rate_info rxrate; u32 rx_packets; u32 tx_packets; u32 tx_retries; u32 tx_failed; u32 rx_dropped_misc; struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; int generation; u32 beacon_loss_count; const u8 *assoc_req_ies; size_t assoc_req_ies_len; s64 t_offset; u16 llid; u16 plid; u8 plink_state; u8 connected_to_gate; u8 connected_to_as; u32 airtime_link_metric; enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; u32 expected_throughput; u16 airtime_weight; s8 ack_signal; s8 avg_ack_signal; struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; u64 tx_duration; u64 rx_duration; u64 rx_beacon; u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; u32 rx_mpdu_count; u32 fcs_err_count; bool mlo_params_valid; u8 assoc_link_id; u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; u16 valid_links; struct link_station_info *links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; }; /** * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to */ struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { s32 power; u32 freq_range_index; }; /** * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs */ struct cfg80211_sar_specs { enum nl80211_sar_type type; u32 num_sub_specs; struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[] __counted_by(num_sub_specs); }; /** * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges * @start_freq: start range edge frequency * @end_freq: end range edge frequency */ struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { u32 start_freq; u32 end_freq; }; /** * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. * * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing * range to small ones and then append them. */ struct cfg80211_sar_capa { enum nl80211_sar_type type; u32 num_freq_ranges; const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; }; #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) /** * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information * * Return: 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be * considered undefined. */ int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, struct station_info *sinfo); #else static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, struct station_info *sinfo) { return -ENOENT; } #endif /** * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags * * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits * according to the nl80211 flags. * * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated, will unconditionally be refused * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address * @MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass locally transmitted frames */ enum monitor_flags { MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = BIT(__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID), MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL), MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL), MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL), MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS), MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES), MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE), MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX), }; /** * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags * * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled * in during get_station() or dump_station(). * * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled */ enum mpath_info_flags { MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), }; /** * struct mpath_info - mesh path information * * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). * * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination * @sn: target sequence number * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. * @hop_count: hops to destination * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination */ struct mpath_info { u32 filled; u32 frame_qlen; u32 sn; u32 metric; u32 exptime; u32 discovery_timeout; u8 discovery_retries; u8 flags; u8 hop_count; u32 path_change_count; int generation; }; /** * enum wiphy_bss_param_flags - bit positions for supported bss parameters. * * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: support changing CTS protection. * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: support changing short preamble usage. * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: support changing short slot time usage. * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_BASIC_RATES: support reconfiguring basic rates. * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_AP_ISOLATE: support changing AP isolation. * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_HT_OPMODE: support changing HT operating mode. * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_CTWINDOW: support reconfiguring ctwindow. * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_OPPPS: support changing P2P opportunistic power-save. */ enum wiphy_bss_param_flags { WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT = BIT(0), WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1), WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2), WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_BASIC_RATES = BIT(3), WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_AP_ISOLATE = BIT(4), WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_HT_OPMODE = BIT(5), WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_CTWINDOW = BIT(6), WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_OPPPS = BIT(7), }; /** * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters * * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). * * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format * (or NULL for no change) * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) */ struct bss_parameters { int link_id; int use_cts_prot; int use_short_preamble; int use_short_slot_time; const u8 *basic_rates; u8 basic_rates_len; int ap_isolate; int ht_opmode; s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; }; /** * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration * * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. * * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used * by the Mesh Peering Open message * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units * used by the Mesh Peering Open message * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this * mesh interface * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection * elements * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we * detect compatible mesh peers * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on * a path discovery in milliseconds * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ * element * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR * element * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root * announcements are transmitted * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate * station to establish a peer link * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode * * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to * the root mesh STA to be valid. * * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive * PREQs are transmitted. * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial * setting for new peer links. * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake * after transmitting its beacon. * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server * in the mesh formation field. * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths * in the mesh path table * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. */ struct mesh_config { u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; u8 dot11MeshTTL; u8 element_ttl; bool auto_open_plinks; u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; u32 path_refresh_time; u16 min_discovery_timeout; u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; bool dot11MeshForwarding; s32 rssi_threshold; u16 ht_opmode; u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; u32 plink_timeout; bool dot11MeshNolearn; }; /** * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration * @chandef: defines the channel to use * @mesh_id: the mesh ID * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use * @path_metric: which metric to use * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication * @is_secure: this mesh uses security * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required * to operate on DFS channels. * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. * * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. */ struct mesh_setup { struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; const u8 *mesh_id; u8 mesh_id_len; u8 sync_method; u8 path_sel_proto; u8 path_metric; u8 auth_id; const u8 *ie; u8 ie_len; bool is_authenticated; bool is_secure; bool user_mpm; u8 dtim_period; u16 beacon_interval; int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; u32 basic_rates; struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; bool userspace_handles_dfs; bool control_port_over_nl80211; }; /** * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration * @chandef: defines the channel to use * * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network */ struct ocb_setup { struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; }; /** * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters * @ac: AC identifier * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range * 1..32767] * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range * 1..32767] * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD */ struct ieee80211_txq_params { enum nl80211_ac ac; u16 txop; u16 cwmin; u16 cwmax; u8 aifs; int link_id; }; /** * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling * * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised * in the wiphy structure. * * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. * * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available * to userspace. */ /** * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description * @ssid: the SSID * @ssid_len: length of the ssid */ struct cfg80211_ssid { u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; u8 ssid_len; }; /** * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this * information is not available, this field is left zero. * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, * userspace will be notified of that */ struct cfg80211_scan_info { u64 scan_start_tsf; u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); bool aborted; }; /** * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only * * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for * @bssid: bssid to scan for * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request * which the above info is relevant to * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value. */ struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { u32 short_ssid; u32 channel_idx; u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; bool unsolicited_probe; bool short_ssid_valid; bool psc_no_listen; s8 psd_20; }; /** * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description * * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs * @channels: channels to scan on. * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL * @ie_len: length of ie in octets * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and * the actual dwell time may be shorter. * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the * %duration field. * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should * be taken from the @mac_addr * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, * true if this is a 6 GHz scan request * @first_part: %true if this is the first part of a split scan request or a * scan that was not split. May be %true for a @scan_6ghz scan if no other * channels were requested * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) * @tsf_report_link_id: for MLO, indicates the link ID of the BSS that should be * used for TSF reporting. Can be set to -1 to indicate no preference. */ struct cfg80211_scan_request { struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; int n_ssids; u32 n_channels; const u8 *ie; size_t ie_len; u16 duration; bool duration_mandatory; u32 flags; u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; struct wireless_dev *wdev; u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); struct wiphy *wiphy; unsigned long scan_start; bool no_cck; bool scan_6ghz; bool first_part; u32 n_6ghz_params; struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; s8 tsf_report_link_id; /* keep last */ struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; }; static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) { int i; get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; } } /** * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match * * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match * or no match (RSSI only) * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match * or no match (RSSI only) * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) */ struct cfg80211_match_set { struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; s32 rssi_thold; }; /** * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan * * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means * infinite loop. * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. */ struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { u32 interval; u32 iterations; }; /** * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. * * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. */ struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { enum nl80211_band band; s8 delta; }; /** * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description * * @reqid: identifies this request. * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL * @ie_len: length of ie in octets * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host * (others are filtered out). * If omitted, all results are passed. * @n_match_sets: number of match sets * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for * @dev: the interface * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan * @channels: channels to scan * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this * contains the minimum over all matchsets * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should * be taken from the @mac_addr * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest * index must be executed first. * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request * owned by a particular socket) * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed * @list: for keeping list of requests. * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not * supported. * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative * comparisons. */ struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { u64 reqid; struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; int n_ssids; u32 n_channels; const u8 *ie; size_t ie_len; u32 flags; struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; int n_match_sets; s32 min_rssi_thold; u32 delay; struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; int n_scan_plans; u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); bool relative_rssi_set; s8 relative_rssi; struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; /* internal */ struct wiphy *wiphy; struct net_device *dev; unsigned long scan_start; bool report_results; struct rcu_head rcu_head; u32 owner_nlportid; bool nl_owner_dead; struct list_head list; /* keep last */ struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); }; /** * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type * * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 */ enum cfg80211_signal_type { CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, }; /** * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data * @chan: channel the frame was received on * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's * signal type * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was * received; should match the time when the frame was actually * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified * by %parent_bssid. * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. * @restrict_use: restrict usage, if not set, assume @use_for is * %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss */ struct cfg80211_inform_bss { struct ieee80211_channel *chan; s32 signal; u64 boottime_ns; u64 parent_tsf; u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); u8 chains; s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; u8 restrict_use:1, use_for:7; u8 cannot_use_reasons; void *drv_data; }; /** * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing * @len: length of the IEs * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon * @data: IE data */ struct cfg80211_bss_ies { u64 tsf; struct rcu_head rcu_head; int len; bool from_beacon; u8 data[]; }; /** * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description * * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) * for use in scan results and similar. * * @channel: channel this BSS is on * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame * @capability: the capability field in host byte order * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been * received. It is always non-%NULL. * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame * @proberesp_ecsa_stuck: ECSA element is stuck in the Probe Response frame, * cannot rely on it having valid data * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one * (multi-BSSID support) * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) * @ts_boottime: timestamp of the last BSS update in nanoseconds since boot * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes */ struct cfg80211_bss { struct ieee80211_channel *channel; const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; struct list_head nontrans_list; s32 signal; u64 ts_boottime; u16 beacon_interval; u16 capability; u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; u8 chains; s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; u8 proberesp_ecsa_stuck:1; u8 bssid_index; u8 max_bssid_indicator; u8 use_for; u8 cannot_use_reasons; u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); }; /** * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID * @bss: the bss to search * @id: the element ID * * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. * Return: %NULL if not found. */ const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); /** * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID * @bss: the bss to search * @id: the element ID * * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. * Return: %NULL if not found. */ static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) { return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); } /** * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data * * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 * authentication. * * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference * to it if it needs to keep it. * @supported_selectors: List of selectors that should be assumed to be * supported by the station. * SAE_H2E must be assumed supported if set to %NULL. * @supported_selectors_len: Length of supported_selectors in octets. * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication * transaction sequence number field. * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and * given an MLD address) by the driver * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 */ struct cfg80211_auth_request { struct cfg80211_bss *bss; const u8 *ie; size_t ie_len; const u8 *supported_selectors; u8 supported_selectors_len; enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; const u8 *key; u8 key_len; s8 key_idx; const u8 *auth_data; size_t auth_data_len; s8 link_id; const u8 *ap_mld_addr; }; /** * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link * @elems_len: length of the elements * @error: per-link error code, must be <= 0. If there is an error, then the * operation as a whole must fail. */ struct cfg80211_assoc_link { struct cfg80211_bss *bss; const u8 *elems; size_t elems_len; int error; }; /** * struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req - MLO link reconfiguration request * @add_links: data for links to add, see &struct cfg80211_assoc_link * @rem_links: bitmap of links to remove * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by * userspace for the ML reconfiguration action frame */ struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req { struct cfg80211_assoc_link add_links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; u16 rem_links; u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; }; /** * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. * * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() * request (connect callback). * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this * flag is not set. * @ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU: SPP A-MSDUs will be used on this connection (if any) * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_UHR: Disable UHR */ enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU = BIT(7), ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_UHR = BIT(8), }; /** * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data * * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 * (re)association. * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new * association requests while already associating must be rejected. * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association * @crypto: crypto settings * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request * frame. * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags * @supported_selectors: supported BSS selectors in IEEE 802.11 format * (or %NULL for no change). * If %NULL, then support for SAE_H2E should be assumed. * @supported_selectors_len: number of supported BSS selectors * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. * @vht_capa: VHT capability override * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or * %NULL if FILS is not used. * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask * @links: per-link information for MLO connections * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates * the link on which the association request should be sent * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, * valid iff @link_id >= 0 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by * userspace for the association */ struct cfg80211_assoc_request { struct cfg80211_bss *bss; const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; size_t ie_len; struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; bool use_mfp; u32 flags; const u8 *supported_selectors; u8 supported_selectors_len; struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; const u8 *fils_kek; size_t fils_kek_len; const u8 *fils_nonces; struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; const u8 *ap_mld_addr; s8 link_id; u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; }; /** * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data * * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 * deauthentication. * * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and * do not set a deauth frame */ struct cfg80211_deauth_request { const u8 *bssid; const u8 *ie; size_t ie_len; u16 reason_code; bool local_state_change; }; /** * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data * * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 * disassociation. * * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. */ struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { const u8 *ap_addr; const u8 *ie; size_t ie_len; u16 reason_code; bool local_state_change; }; /** * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters * * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() * method. * * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for * IBSSs to join on other channels. * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon * @ie_len: length of that * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured * after joining * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required * to operate on DFS channels. * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key */ struct cfg80211_ibss_params { const u8 *ssid; const u8 *bssid; struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; const u8 *ie; u8 ssid_len, ie_len; u16 beacon_interval; u32 basic_rates; bool channel_fixed; bool privacy; bool control_port; bool control_port_over_nl80211; bool userspace_handles_dfs; int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; struct key_params *wep_keys; int wep_tx_key; }; /** * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. * * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. * @param.band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. * @param.adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. */ struct cfg80211_bss_selection { enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; union { enum nl80211_band band_pref; struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; } param; }; /** * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters * * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 * authentication and association. * * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based * on scan results) * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or * %NULL if not specified * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan * results) * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS * to use. * @ssid: SSID * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) * @ie: IEs for association request * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used * @crypto: crypto settings * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG * networks. * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request * frame. * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped * data IE. * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver * offload of 4-way handshake. * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. */ struct cfg80211_connect_params { struct ieee80211_channel *channel; struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; const u8 *bssid; const u8 *bssid_hint; const u8 *ssid; size_t ssid_len; enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; const u8 *ie; size_t ie_len; bool privacy; enum nl80211_mfp mfp; struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; const u8 *key; u8 key_len, key_idx; u32 flags; int bg_scan_period; struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; bool pbss; struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; const u8 *prev_bssid; const u8 *fils_erp_username; size_t fils_erp_username_len; const u8 *fils_erp_realm; size_t fils_erp_realm_len; u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; bool want_1x; struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; }; /** * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated * * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. * * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated */ enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), }; /** * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum */ enum wiphy_params_flags { WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = BIT(0), WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = BIT(1), WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = BIT(2), WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = BIT(3), WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = BIT(4), WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = BIT(5), WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = BIT(6), WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = BIT(7), WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = BIT(8), }; #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 /** * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association * * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA * caching. * * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on * the hash algorithm used to generate this. * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS * cache identifier (may be %NULL). * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be * %NULL). * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK * used for it expires. * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. */ struct cfg80211_pmksa { const u8 *bssid; const u8 *pmkid; const u8 *pmk; size_t pmk_len; const u8 *ssid; size_t ssid_len; const u8 *cache_id; u32 pmk_lifetime; u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; }; /** * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) * * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of * memory, free @mask only! */ struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { const u8 *mask, *pattern; int pattern_len; int pkt_offset; }; /** * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters * * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation * @src: source IP address * @dst: destination IP address * @dst_mac: destination MAC address * @src_port: source port * @dst_port: destination port * @payload_len: data payload length * @payload: data payload buffer * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration */ struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { struct socket *sock; __be32 src, dst; u16 src_port, dst_port; u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; int payload_len; const u8 *payload; struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; u32 data_interval; u32 wake_len; const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; u32 tokens_size; /* must be last, variable member */ struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; }; /** * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info * * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues * operating as normal during suspend * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern * @n_patterns: number of patterns * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. * NULL if not configured. * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. */ struct cfg80211_wowlan { bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, rfkill_release; struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; int n_patterns; struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; }; /** * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters * * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. * @patterns: array of packet patterns * @n_patterns: number of patterns */ struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { int delay; enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; int n_patterns; }; /** * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings * * This structure defines coalescing settings. * @rules: array of coalesce rules * @n_rules: number of rules */ struct cfg80211_coalesce { int n_rules; struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules rules[] __counted_by(n_rules); }; /** * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match * * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match * occurred (in MHz) */ struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; int n_channels; u32 channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); }; /** * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information * * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide * match information. * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about * the matches that triggered the wake up. */ struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { int n_matches; struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[] __counted_by(n_matches); }; /** * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which * it is. * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect * @unprot_deauth_disassoc: woke up due to unprotected deauth or * disassoc frame (in MFP). */ struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, rfkill_release, packet_80211, tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens, unprot_deauth_disassoc; s32 pattern_idx; u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; const void *packet; struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; }; /** * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) * @kek_len: length of kek * @kck_len: length of kck * @akm: akm (oui, id) */ struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; u32 akm; u8 kek_len, kck_len; }; /** * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information * * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE * * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value * @ie: Fast Transition IEs * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets */ struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { u16 md; const u8 *ie; size_t ie_len; }; /** * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters * * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame * * @chan: channel to use * @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required * @wait: duration for ROC * @buf: buffer to transmit * @len: buffer length * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) */ struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { struct ieee80211_channel *chan; bool offchan; unsigned int wait; const u8 *buf; size_t len; bool no_cck; bool dont_wait_for_ack; int n_csa_offsets; const u16 *csa_offsets; int link_id; }; /** * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception * * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs */ struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { u8 dscp; u8 up; }; /** * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority * * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive */ struct cfg80211_dscp_range { u8 low; u8 high; }; /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) /** * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information * * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values * * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from * the user priority DSCP range definition * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority */ struct cfg80211_qos_map { u8 num_des; struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; }; /** * struct cfg80211_nan_band_config - NAN band specific configuration * * @chan: Pointer to the IEEE 802.11 channel structure. The channel to be used * for NAN operations on this band. For 2.4 GHz band, this is always * channel 6. For 5 GHz band, the channel is either 44 or 149, according * to the regulatory constraints. If chan pointer is NULL the entire band * configuration entry is considered invalid and should not be used. * @rssi_close: RSSI close threshold used for NAN state transition algorithm * as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN Device Role and State * Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware Specification v4.0. If not * specified (set to 0), default device value is used. The value should * be greater than -60 dBm. * @rssi_middle: RSSI middle threshold used for NAN state transition algorithm. * as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN Device Role and State * Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware Specification v4.0. If not * specified (set to 0), default device value is used. The value should be * greater than -75 dBm and less than rssi_close. * @awake_dw_interval: Committed DW interval. Valid values range: 0-5. 0 * indicates no wakeup for DW and can't be used on 2.4GHz band, otherwise * 2^(n-1). * @disable_scan: If true, the device will not scan this band for cluster * merge. Disabling scan on 2.4 GHz band is not allowed. */ struct cfg80211_nan_band_config { struct ieee80211_channel *chan; s8 rssi_close; s8 rssi_middle; u8 awake_dw_interval; bool disable_scan; }; /** * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration * * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters * * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). * @cluster_id: cluster ID used for NAN synchronization. This is a MAC address * that can take a value from 50-6F-9A-01-00-00 to 50-6F-9A-01-FF-FF. * If NULL, the device will pick a random Cluster ID. * @scan_period: period (in seconds) between NAN scans. * @scan_dwell_time: dwell time (in milliseconds) for NAN scans. * @discovery_beacon_interval: interval (in TUs) for discovery beacons. * @enable_dw_notification: flag to enable/disable discovery window * notifications. * @band_cfgs: array of band specific configurations, indexed by * &enum nl80211_band values. * @extra_nan_attrs: pointer to additional NAN attributes. * @extra_nan_attrs_len: length of the additional NAN attributes. * @vendor_elems: pointer to vendor-specific elements. * @vendor_elems_len: length of the vendor-specific elements. */ struct cfg80211_nan_conf { u8 master_pref; u8 bands; const u8 *cluster_id; u16 scan_period; u16 scan_dwell_time; u8 discovery_beacon_interval; bool enable_dw_notification; struct cfg80211_nan_band_config band_cfgs[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; const u8 *extra_nan_attrs; u16 extra_nan_attrs_len; const u8 *vendor_elems; u16 vendor_elems_len; }; /** * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN * configuration * * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_CONFIG: changed additional configuration. * When this flag is set, it indicates that some additional attribute(s) * (other then master_pref and bands) have been changed. In this case, * all the unchanged attributes will be properly configured to their * previous values. The driver doesn't need to store any * previous configuration besides master_pref and bands. */ enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_CONFIG = BIT(2), }; /** * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter * * @filter: the content of the filter * @len: the length of the filter */ struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { const u8 *filter; u8 len; }; /** * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function * * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type * @service_id: the service ID of the function * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is * implementation specific. * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up * @followup_reqid: the requester instance ID for follow up * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. */ struct cfg80211_nan_func { enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; u8 publish_type; bool close_range; bool publish_bcast; bool subscribe_active; u8 followup_id; u8 followup_reqid; struct mac_address followup_dest; u32 ttl; const u8 *serv_spec_info; u8 serv_spec_info_len; bool srf_include; const u8 *srf_bf; u8 srf_bf_len; u8 srf_bf_idx; struct mac_address *srf_macs; int srf_num_macs; struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; u8 num_tx_filters; u8 num_rx_filters; u8 instance_id; u64 cookie; }; /** * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration * * @aa: authenticator address * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. * @pmk: the PMK material * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field * holds PMK-R0. */ struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { const u8 *aa; u8 pmk_len; const u8 *pmk; const u8 *pmk_r0_name; }; /** * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. * * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. * * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and * authentication response command interface. * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and * authentication response command interface. * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the * authentication request event interface. * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication * response command interface (user space to driver). * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link * chosen for the authentication. */ struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; u16 status; const u8 *pmkid; u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); }; /** * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics * * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully * answered * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were * successfully answered * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication * of how much time the responder was busy * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with * the responder * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window */ struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { u32 filled; u32 success_num; u32 partial_num; u32 failed_num; u32 asap_num; u32 non_asap_num; u64 total_duration_ms; u32 unknown_triggers_num; u32 reschedule_requests_num; u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; }; /** * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise * reason than just "failure" * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible * by the responder * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated * @burst_period: actual burst period negotiated in units of 100ms * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is * the square root of the variance) * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid */ struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { const u8 *lci; const u8 *civicloc; unsigned int lci_len; unsigned int civicloc_len; enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; s16 burst_index; u8 busy_retry_time; u8 num_bursts_exp; u8 burst_duration; u8 ftms_per_burst; u16 burst_period; s32 rssi_avg; s32 rssi_spread; struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; s64 rtt_avg; s64 rtt_variance; s64 rtt_spread; s64 dist_avg; s64 dist_variance; s64 dist_spread; u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, rssi_avg_valid:1, rssi_spread_valid:1, tx_rate_valid:1, rx_rate_valid:1, rtt_avg_valid:1, rtt_variance_valid:1, rtt_spread_valid:1, dist_avg_valid:1, dist_variance_valid:1, dist_spread_valid:1; }; /** * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result * @addr: address of the peer * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the * measurement was made) * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time * @status: status of the measurement * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not * reporting partial results always set this flag * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and * they're all aggregated for userspace. * @ftm: FTM result */ struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { u64 host_time, ap_tsf; enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; u8 final:1, ap_tsf_valid:1; enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; union { struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; }; }; /** * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data * @requested: indicates FTM is requested * @preamble: frame preamble to use * @burst_period: burst period to use * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent * @burst_duration: burst duration. If @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is * set, this is the burst duration in milliseconds, and zero means the * device should pick an appropriate value based on @ftms_per_burst. * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request * @request_lci: request LCI information * @request_civicloc: request civic location information * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, * EDCA based ranging will be used. * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, * EDCA based ranging will be used. * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. * @rsta: Operate as the RSTA in the measurement. Only valid if @lmr_feedback * and either @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. * * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. */ struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { enum nl80211_preamble preamble; u16 burst_period; u8 requested:1, asap:1, request_lci:1, request_civicloc:1, trigger_based:1, non_trigger_based:1, lmr_feedback:1, rsta:1; u8 num_bursts_exp; u8 burst_duration; u8 ftms_per_burst; u8 ftmr_retries; u8 bss_color; }; /** * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request * @addr: MAC address * @chandef: channel to use * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer */ struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; u8 report_ap_tsf:1; struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; }; /** * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should * be taken from the @mac_addr * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if * zero it means there's no timeout * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with * @peers: per-peer measurement request data */ struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { u64 cookie; void *drv_data; u32 n_peers; u32 nl_portid; u32 timeout; u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); struct list_head list; struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers); }; /** * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information * * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. * * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. * * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing * has to be done. * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only * with OWE update event (driver to user space). */ struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); u16 status; const u8 *ie; size_t ie_len; int assoc_link_id; u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); }; /** * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered * for the entire device * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered * for the given interface * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface * for these subtypes */ struct mgmt_frame_regs { u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; }; /** * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration * * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. * * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 * on success or a negative error code. * * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. * * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are * configured for the device. * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from * the device. * * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must * also set the address member in the wdev. * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. * * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. * * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. * * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link * address is available. * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. * * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. * * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. * * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD * address for MLO pairwise key. * * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. * * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. * * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. * * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver * * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. * * @add_station: Add a new station. * @del_station: Remove a station * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx * * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) * * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration * * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to * set, and which to leave alone. * * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. * * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock. * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside * struct cfg80211_inform_bss. * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed. * * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters * * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to * join the mesh instead. * * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. * * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside * the scan/scan_done bracket too. * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). * * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) * * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code * was received. * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request * frame instead of Association Request frame. * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an * indication of requesting reassociation. * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in * case connection was already established (invoked with the * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). * * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due * to a merge. * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) * * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or * MESH mode) * * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. * * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; * return 0 if successful * * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting * functions to adjust rfkill hw state * * @dump_survey: get site survey information. * * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on * the duration value. * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management * frame on another channel * * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. * * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration * * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being * disabled.) * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error * thresholds. * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested * stop (when this method returns 0). * * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. * * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). * * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). * * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). * * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). * * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. * * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single * current monitoring channel. * * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. * * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. * * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. * * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC * was finished on another phy. * * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. * * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the * driver can take the most appropriate actions. * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link * reliability. This operation can not fail. * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. * * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them * as soon as possible. * * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver * * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. * * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into * account. * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later * rejected) * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS * * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) * * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the * provided @nan_func. * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); * All other parameters must be ignored. * * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS * * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. * * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect * upon which the driver should clear it. * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) * * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from * user space * * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. * * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement * * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated * DH IE through this interface. * * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific * This callback may sleep. * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. * * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. * * @color_change: Initiate a color change. * * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association * Response frame. * * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected * radar channel. * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to * disable background CAC/radar detection. * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. * * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. * @set_ttlm: set the TID to link mapping. * @set_epcs: Enable/Disable EPCS for station mode. * @get_radio_mask: get bitmask of radios in use. * (invoked with the wiphy mutex held) * @assoc_ml_reconf: Request a non-AP MLO connection to perform ML * reconfiguration, i.e., add and/or remove links to/from the * association using ML reconfiguration action frames. Successfully added * links will be added to the set of valid links. Successfully removed * links will be removed from the set of valid links. The driver must * indicate removed links by calling cfg80211_links_removed() and added * links by calling cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). When calling * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done() the bss pointer must be given for each * link for which MLO reconfiguration 'add' operation was requested. */ struct cfg80211_ops { int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *name, unsigned char name_assign_type, enum nl80211_iftype type, struct vif_params *params); int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, enum nl80211_iftype type, struct vif_params *params); int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, unsigned int link_id); void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, unsigned int link_id); int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, u8 key_index); int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, u8 key_index); int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_ap_update *info); int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, unsigned int link_id); int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, struct station_parameters *params); int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct station_del_parameters *params); int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, struct station_parameters *params); int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const u8 *dst); int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct mesh_config *conf); int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, const struct mesh_config *nconf); int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const struct mesh_config *conf, const struct mesh_setup *setup); int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct ocb_setup *setup); int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct bss_parameters *params); void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data); int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct ieee80211_channel *chan); int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, u32 changed); int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, u16 reason_code); int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, u32 changed); int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, int radio_idx, enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, int radio_idx, unsigned int link_id, int *dbm); void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, void *data, int len); int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, struct netlink_callback *cb, void *data, int len); #endif int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, unsigned int link_id, const u8 *peer, const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, int idx, struct survey_info *info); int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct ieee80211_channel *chan, unsigned int duration, u64 *cookie); int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie); int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, u64 *cookie); int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie); int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, bool enabled, int timeout); int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, u64 reqid); int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, int link_id, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, u16 noack_map); int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, unsigned int link_id, struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, u32 cac_time_ms, int link_id); void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, unsigned int link_id); int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, u16 duration); void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, unsigned int link_id, struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, u16 admitted_time); int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie); int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes); int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const bool enabled); int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const u8 *aa); int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, const bool noencrypt, int link_id, u64 *cookie); int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, u8 tids); int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct link_station_parameters *params); int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct link_station_parameters *params); int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct link_station_del_parameters *params); int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); int (*set_ttlm)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_ttlm_params *params); u32 (*get_radio_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); int (*assoc_ml_reconf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req *req); int (*set_epcs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, bool val); }; /* * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures * and registration/helper functions */ /** * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags * * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split * into two, first for legacy bands and second for 6 GHz. * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this * wiphy at all * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good * reason to override the default * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the * control_port_no_encrypt flag. * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the * firmware. * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device * responds to probe-requests in hardware. * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver * should set this flag for now. * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. * @WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON: reg_call_notifier() is called if driver * set this flag to update channels on beacon hints. * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: support connection to non-primary link * of an NSTR mobile AP MLD. * @WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT: disable wireless extensions for this device */ enum wiphy_flags { WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT = BIT(9), WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = BIT(12), WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON = BIT(25), }; /** * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types * @types: interface types (bits) */ struct ieee80211_iface_limit { u16 max; u16 types; }; /** * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination * * With this structure the driver can describe which interface * combinations it supports concurrently. When set in a struct wiphy_radio, * the combinations refer to combinations of interfaces currently active on * that radio. * * Examples: * * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: * * .. code-block:: c * * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, * }; * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { * .limits = limits1, * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), * .max_interfaces = 2, * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, * }; * * * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: * * .. code-block:: c * * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, * }; * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { * .limits = limits2, * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), * .max_interfaces = 8, * .num_different_channels = 1, * }; * * * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. * * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. * * .. code-block:: c * * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, * }; * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { * .limits = limits3, * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), * .max_interfaces = 4, * .num_different_channels = 2, * }; * */ struct ieee80211_iface_combination { /** * @limits: * limits for the given interface types */ const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; /** * @num_different_channels: * can use up to this many different channels */ u32 num_different_channels; /** * @max_interfaces: * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group */ u16 max_interfaces; /** * @n_limits: * number of limitations */ u8 n_limits; /** * @beacon_int_infra_match: * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. */ bool beacon_int_infra_match; /** * @radar_detect_widths: * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection */ u8 radar_detect_widths; /** * @radar_detect_regions: * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection */ u8 radar_detect_regions; /** * @beacon_int_min_gcd: * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. * * = 0 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. * > 0 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this * combination must be greater or equal to this value. */ u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; }; struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { u16 tx, rx; }; /** * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a * received packet that passed filtering; note that the * packet should be preserved in that case * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet * (see nl80211.h) * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection */ enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), }; struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; u32 data_payload_max; u32 data_interval_max; u32 wake_payload_max; bool seq; }; /** * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for * scheduled scans. * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more * details. * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information */ struct wiphy_wowlan_support { u32 flags; int n_patterns; int pattern_max_len; int pattern_min_len; int max_pkt_offset; int max_nd_match_sets; const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; }; /** * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset */ struct wiphy_coalesce_support { int n_rules; int max_delay; int n_patterns; int pattern_max_len; int pattern_min_len; int max_pkt_offset; }; /** * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) */ enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), }; /** * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags * * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed * */ enum wiphy_opmode_flag { STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), }; /** * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station */ struct sta_opmode_info { u32 changed; enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; enum nl80211_chan_width bw; u8 rx_nss; }; #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) /** * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple * dumpit calls. * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others * are used with dump requests. */ struct wiphy_vendor_command { struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; u32 flags; int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, const void *data, int data_len); int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, unsigned long *storage); const struct nla_policy *policy; unsigned int maxattr; }; /** * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type * @iftype: interface type * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) */ struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { enum nl80211_iftype iftype; const u8 *extended_capabilities; const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; u8 extended_capabilities_len; u16 eml_capabilities; u16 mld_capa_and_ops; }; /** * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from * @type: the interface type to look up * * Return: The extended capability for the given interface @type, may be %NULL */ const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); /** * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement * @ftm: FTM measurement data * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if * not limited) * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported * @ftm.support_6ghz: supports ranging in 6 GHz band * @ftm.max_tx_ltf_rep: maximum number of TX LTF repetitions supported (0 means * only one LTF, no repetitions) * @ftm.max_rx_ltf_rep: maximum number of RX LTF repetitions supported (0 means * only one LTF, no repetitions) * @ftm.max_tx_sts: maximum number of TX STS supported (zero based) * @ftm.max_rx_sts: maximum number of RX STS supported (zero based) * @ftm.max_total_ltf_tx: maximum total number of LTFs that can be transmitted * (0 means unknown) * @ftm.max_total_ltf_rx: maximum total number of LTFs that can be received * (0 means unknown) * @ftm.support_rsta: supports operating as RSTA in PMSR FTM request */ struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { unsigned int max_peers; u8 report_ap_tsf:1, randomize_mac_addr:1; struct { u32 preambles; u32 bandwidths; s8 max_bursts_exponent; u8 max_ftms_per_burst; u8 supported:1, asap:1, non_asap:1, request_lci:1, request_civicloc:1, trigger_based:1, non_trigger_based:1, support_6ghz:1; u8 max_tx_ltf_rep; u8 max_rx_ltf_rep; u8 max_tx_sts; u8 max_rx_sts; u8 max_total_ltf_tx; u8 max_total_ltf_rx; u8 support_rsta:1; } ftm; }; /** * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. * * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites */ struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { u16 iftypes_mask; const u32 *akm_suites; int n_akm_suites; }; /** * struct wiphy_radio_cfg - physical radio config of a wiphy * This structure describes the configurations of a physical radio in a * wiphy. It is used to denote per-radio attributes belonging to a wiphy. * * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); * -1 (default) = RTS/CTS disabled * @radio_debugfsdir: Pointer to debugfs directory containing the radio- * specific parameters. * NULL (default) = Debugfs directory not created */ struct wiphy_radio_cfg { u32 rts_threshold; struct dentry *radio_debugfsdir; }; /** * struct wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy frequency range * @start_freq: start range edge frequency (kHz) * @end_freq: end range edge frequency (kHz) */ struct wiphy_radio_freq_range { u32 start_freq; u32 end_freq; }; /** * struct wiphy_radio - physical radio of a wiphy * This structure describes a physical radio belonging to a wiphy. * It is used to describe concurrent-channel capabilities. Only one channel * can be active on the radio described by struct wiphy_radio. * * @freq_range: frequency range that the radio can operate on. * @n_freq_range: number of elements in @freq_range * * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not * list single interface types. * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. * * @antenna_mask: bitmask of antennas connected to this radio. */ struct wiphy_radio { const struct wiphy_radio_freq_range *freq_range; int n_freq_range; const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; int n_iface_combinations; u32 antenna_mask; }; /** * enum wiphy_nan_flags - NAN capabilities * * @WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC: Device supports NAN configurable * synchronization. * @WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_USERSPACE_DE: Device doesn't support DE offload. */ enum wiphy_nan_flags { WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC = BIT(0), WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_USERSPACE_DE = BIT(1), }; /** * struct wiphy_nan_capa - NAN capabilities * * This structure describes the NAN capabilities of a wiphy. * * @flags: NAN capabilities flags, see &enum wiphy_nan_flags * @op_mode: NAN operation mode, as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification * Table 81. * @n_antennas: number of antennas supported by the device for Tx/Rx. Lower * nibble indicates the number of TX antennas and upper nibble indicates the * number of RX antennas. Value 0 indicates the information is not * available. * @max_channel_switch_time: maximum channel switch time in milliseconds. * @dev_capabilities: NAN device capabilities as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) * specification Table 79 (Capabilities field). */ struct wiphy_nan_capa { u32 flags; u8 op_mode; u8 n_antennas; u16 max_channel_switch_time; u8 dev_capabilities; }; #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff /** * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in * iftype_akm_suites. * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all * instances of iftype_akm_suites). * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm * suites are specified separately. * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against * unregister hardware * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() * (see below). * @wext: wireless extension handlers * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, * must be set by driver * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not * list single interface types. * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, * this variable determines its size * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in * any given scan * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that * the device can run concurrently. * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan * for in any given scheduled scan * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not * supported. * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not * include fixed IEs like supported rates * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled * scans * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a * single scan plan supported by the device. * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single * scan plan supported by the device. * @coverage_class: current coverage class * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device * * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface * type * * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. * * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. * * @probe_resp_offload: * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. * * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation * may request, if implemented. * * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed * to the suspend() operation instead. * * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. * If null, then none can be over-ridden. * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. * If null, then none can be over-ridden. * * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. * * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device * supports for ACL. * * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") * and are in the same format as in the information element. See * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended * capabilities are specified separately. * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information * * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events * * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in * some cases, but may not always reach. * * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means * infinite. * @bss_param_support: bitmask indicating which bss_parameters as defined in * &struct bss_parameters the driver can actually handle in the * .change_bss() callback. The bit positions are defined in &enum * wiphy_bss_param_flags. * * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. * * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). * @nan_capa: NAN capabilities * * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum * * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using * wake_tx_queue * * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. * * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities * * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the * device has * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) * supported by the driver for each vif * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) * supported by the driver for each peer * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for * long/short retry configuration * * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure * * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. * * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to * specify a mac address). * * @radio_cfg: configuration of radios belonging to a muli-radio wiphy. This * struct contains a list of all radio specific attributes and should be * used only for multi-radio wiphy. * * @radio: radios belonging to this wiphy * @n_radio: number of radios */ struct wiphy { struct mutex mtx; /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; struct mac_address *addresses; const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; int n_iface_combinations; u16 software_iftypes; u16 n_addresses; /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ u16 interface_modes; u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; u32 ap_sme_capa; enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; int bss_priv_size; u8 max_scan_ssids; u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; u8 max_match_sets; u16 max_scan_ie_len; u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; u32 max_sched_scan_plans; u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; int n_cipher_suites; const u32 *cipher_suites; int n_akm_suites; const u32 *akm_suites; const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; u8 retry_short; u8 retry_long; u32 frag_threshold; u32 rts_threshold; u8 coverage_class; char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; u32 hw_version; #ifdef CONFIG_PM const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; #endif u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; u8 max_num_pmkids; u32 available_antennas_tx; u32 available_antennas_rx; u32 probe_resp_offload; const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; u8 extended_capabilities_len; const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; const void *privid; struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct regulatory_request *request); struct wiphy_radio_cfg *radio_cfg; /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; struct device dev; bool registered; struct dentry *debugfsdir; const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; struct list_head wdev_list; possible_net_t _net; #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT const struct iw_handler_def *wext; #endif const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; u8 max_num_csa_counters; u32 bss_param_support; u32 bss_select_support; u8 nan_supported_bands; struct wiphy_nan_capa nan_capa; u32 txq_limit; u32 txq_memory_limit; u32 txq_quantum; unsigned long tx_queue_len; u8 support_mbssid:1, support_only_he_mbssid:1; const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; struct { u64 peer, vif; u8 max_retry; } tid_config_support; u8 max_data_retry_count; const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; struct rfkill *rfkill; u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; u16 max_num_akm_suites; u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; int n_radio; const struct wiphy_radio *radio; char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); }; static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) { return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); } static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) { write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); } /** * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy * * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return * Return: The priv of @wiphy. */ static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) { BUG_ON(!wiphy); return &wiphy->priv; } /** * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv * * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv * Return: The wiphy of @priv. */ static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) { BUG_ON(!priv); return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); } /** * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy * * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind * @dev: The device to parent it to */ static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) { wiphy->dev.parent = dev; } /** * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer * * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up * Return: The dev of @wiphy. */ static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) { return wiphy->dev.parent; } /** * wiphy_name - get wiphy name * * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return * Return: The name of @wiphy. */ static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) { return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); } /** * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 * * @ops: The configuration operations for this device * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate * @requested_name: Request a particular name. * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. * * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. * * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. */ struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, const char *requested_name); /** * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 * * @ops: The configuration operations for this device * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate * * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. * * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. */ static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv) { return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); } /** * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 * * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. * * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. */ int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) /** * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing * * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). */ #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) /** * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing * * Return: the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. */ #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) /** * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from * * Context: Requires any of RTNL, wiphy mutex or RCU protection. * * Return: pointer to the regulatory domain associated with the wiphy */ const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); /** * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 * * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. * * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding * request that is being handled. */ void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); /** * wiphy_free - free wiphy * * @wiphy: The wiphy to free */ void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); /* internal structs */ struct cfg80211_conn; struct cfg80211_internal_bss; struct cfg80211_cached_keys; struct cfg80211_cqm_config; /** * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock * * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot * differentiate which way it's called. * * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes. * * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. * * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued * with wiphy_queue_work() are running. */ static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) { mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); } /** * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock */ static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) __releases(&wiphy->mtx) { __release(&wiphy->mtx); mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); } DEFINE_GUARD(wiphy, struct wiphy *, mutex_lock(&_T->mtx), mutex_unlock(&_T->mtx)) struct wiphy_work; typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *); struct wiphy_work { struct list_head entry; wiphy_work_func_t func; }; static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work, wiphy_work_func_t func) { INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry); work->func = func; } /** * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for * @work: the work item * * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). */ void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); /** * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes * @work: the work to cancel * * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). */ void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); /** * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work * * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). */ void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); struct wiphy_delayed_work { struct wiphy_work work; struct wiphy *wiphy; struct timer_list timer; }; void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t); static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, wiphy_work_func_t func) { timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0); wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func); } /** * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for * @dwork: the delayable worker * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing * * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). * * Note that these are scheduled with a timer where the accuracy * becomes less the longer in the future the scheduled timer is. Use * wiphy_hrtimer_work_queue() if the timer must be not be late by more * than approximately 10 percent. */ void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, unsigned long delay); /** * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel * * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). */ void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); /** * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes * @dwork: the delayed work to flush * * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). */ void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); /** * wiphy_delayed_work_pending - Find out whether a wiphy delayable * work item is currently pending. * * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes * @dwork: the delayed work in question * * Return: true if timer is pending, false otherwise * * How wiphy_delayed_work_queue() works is by setting a timer which * when it expires calls wiphy_work_queue() to queue the wiphy work. * Because wiphy_delayed_work_queue() uses mod_timer(), if it is * called twice and the second call happens before the first call * deadline, the work will rescheduled for the second deadline and * won't run before that. * * wiphy_delayed_work_pending() can be used to detect if calling * wiphy_work_delayed_work_queue() would start a new work schedule * or delayed a previous one. As seen below it cannot be used to * detect precisely if the work has finished to execute nor if it * is currently executing. * * CPU0 CPU1 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue(wk) * mod_timer(wk->timer) * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> true * * [...] * expire_timers(wk->timer) * detach_timer(wk->timer) * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> false * wk->timer->function() | * wiphy_work_queue(wk) | delayed work pending * list_add_tail() | returns false but * queue_work(cfg80211_wiphy_work) | wk->func() has not * | been run yet * [...] | * cfg80211_wiphy_work() | * wk->func() V * */ bool wiphy_delayed_work_pending(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); struct wiphy_hrtimer_work { struct wiphy_work work; struct wiphy *wiphy; struct hrtimer timer; }; enum hrtimer_restart wiphy_hrtimer_work_timer(struct hrtimer *t); static inline void wiphy_hrtimer_work_init(struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork, wiphy_work_func_t func) { hrtimer_setup(&hrwork->timer, wiphy_hrtimer_work_timer, CLOCK_BOOTTIME, HRTIMER_MODE_REL); wiphy_work_init(&hrwork->work, func); } /** * wiphy_hrtimer_work_queue - queue hrtimer work for the wiphy * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for * @hrwork: the high resolution timer worker * @delay: the delay given as a ktime_t * * Please refer to wiphy_delayed_work_queue(). The difference is that * the hrtimer work uses a high resolution timer for scheduling. This * may be needed if timeouts might be scheduled further in the future * and the accuracy of the normal timer is not sufficient. * * Expect a delay of a few milliseconds as the timer is scheduled * with some slack and some more time may pass between queueing the * work and its start. */ void wiphy_hrtimer_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork, ktime_t delay); /** * wiphy_hrtimer_work_cancel - cancel previously queued hrtimer work * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes * @hrtimer: the hrtimer work to cancel * * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). */ void wiphy_hrtimer_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrtimer); /** * wiphy_hrtimer_work_flush - flush previously queued hrtimer work * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes * @hrwork: the hrtimer work to flush * * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). */ void wiphy_hrtimer_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork); /** * wiphy_hrtimer_work_pending - Find out whether a wiphy hrtimer * work item is currently pending. * * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes * @hrwork: the hrtimer work in question * * Return: true if timer is pending, false otherwise * * Please refer to the wiphy_delayed_work_pending() documentation as * this is the equivalent function for hrtimer based delayed work * items. */ bool wiphy_hrtimer_work_pending(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork); /** * enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power - regulatory power for an Access Point * * @IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP: Access Point has no regulatory power mode * @IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP: Indoor Access Point * @IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP: Standard power Access Point * @IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP: Very low power Access Point */ enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power { IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP, IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP, IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP, IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP, }; /** * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state * * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) * * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. * * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description * @iftype: interface type * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock * for the notifier * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this * wireless device if it has no netdev * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update * by cfg80211 on change_interface * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, * need to propagate the update to the driver * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. * the P2P Device. * @ps: powersave mode is enabled * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last * unprotected beacon report * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr * @ap and @client for each link * @links.cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been * started * @links.cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was * entered. * @links.cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid * @radio_mask: Bitmask of radios that this interface is allowed to operate on. */ struct wireless_dev { struct wiphy *wiphy; enum nl80211_iftype iftype; /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ struct list_head list; struct net_device *netdev; u32 identifier; struct list_head mgmt_registrations; u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ struct cfg80211_conn *conn; struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; u32 conn_owner_nlportid; struct work_struct disconnect_wk; u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; struct list_head event_list; spinlock_t event_lock; u8 connected:1; bool ps; int ps_timeout; u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; u32 owner_nlportid; bool nl_owner_dead; #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT /* wext data */ struct { struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; const u8 *ie; size_t ie_len; u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; bool prev_bssid_valid; } wext; #endif struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work; struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config; struct list_head pmsr_list; spinlock_t pmsr_lock; struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; union { struct { u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; u8 ssid_len; } client; struct { int beacon_interval; struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_MESH_ID_LEN]; u8 id_len, id_up_len; } mesh; struct { struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; u8 ssid_len; } ap; struct { struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; int beacon_interval; u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; u8 ssid_len; } ibss; struct { struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; } ocb; struct { u8 cluster_id[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); } nan; } u; struct { u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); union { struct { unsigned int beacon_interval; struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; } ap; struct { struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; } client; }; bool cac_started; unsigned long cac_start_time; unsigned int cac_time_ms; } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; u16 valid_links; u32 radio_mask; }; static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) { if (wdev->netdev) return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; return wdev->address; } static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) { if (wdev->netdev) return netif_running(wdev->netdev); return wdev->is_running; } /** * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev * * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. */ static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) { BUG_ON(!wdev); return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); } /** * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev * @wdev: the wdev * @link_id: the link ID for MLO * * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. */ struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, unsigned int link_id); static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, unsigned int link_id) { WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); } #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ for (link_id = 0; \ link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ link_id++) \ if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) /** * DOC: Utility functions * * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. */ /** * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel * * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b */ static inline bool ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, struct ieee80211_channel *b) { return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); } /** * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) */ static inline u32 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) { return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; } /** * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency * @chan: channel number * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. */ u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); /** * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency * @chan: channel number * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. */ static inline int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) { return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); } /** * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number * @freq: center frequency in KHz * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. */ int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); /** * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number * @freq: center frequency in MHz * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. */ static inline int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) { return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); } /** * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified * frequency * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. */ struct ieee80211_channel * ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); /** * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency * * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. */ static inline struct ieee80211_channel * ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) { return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); } /** * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC * @chan: control channel to check * * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 * * Return: %true if channel is a PSC, %false otherwise */ static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) { if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) return false; return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; } /** * ieee80211_radio_freq_range_valid - Check if the radio supports the * specified frequency range * * @radio: wiphy radio * @freq: the frequency (in KHz) to be queried * @width: the bandwidth (in KHz) to be queried * * Return: whether or not the given frequency range is valid for the given radio */ bool ieee80211_radio_freq_range_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio, u32 freq, u32 width); /** * cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid - Check if the radio supports the chandef * * @radio: wiphy radio * @chandef: chandef for current channel * * Return: whether or not the given chandef is valid for the given radio */ bool cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); /** * cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed - Check if the wdev may use the channel * * @wdev: the wireless device * @chan: channel to check * * Return: whether or not the wdev may use the channel */ bool cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed(struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct ieee80211_channel *chan); /** * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate * * @sband: the band to look for rates in * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate * * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of * rates in the band's bitrate table. */ const struct ieee80211_rate * ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); /** * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band * @sband: the band to look for rates in * * Return: a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given band, bits * are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. */ u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband); /* * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support * * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst */ struct radiotap_align_size { uint8_t align:4, size:4; }; struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; int n_bits; uint32_t oui; uint8_t subns; }; struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; int n_ns; }; /** * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to * the beginning of the actual data portion * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default * radiotap namespace or not * * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering * @_arg_index: next argument index * @_arg: next argument pointer * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the * next bitmap word * * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. */ struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; __le32 *_next_bitmap; unsigned char *this_arg; int this_arg_index; int this_arg_size; int is_radiotap_ns; int _max_length; int _arg_index; uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; int _reset_on_ext; }; int ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, int max_length, const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); int ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; /** * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data * * @skb: the frame * * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function * returns the 802.11 header length. * * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid * 802.11 header. */ unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); /** * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format * Return: The header length in bytes. */ unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); /** * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field * (first byte) will be accessed * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. */ unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); /** * DOC: Data path helpers * * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers * functions that help implement the data path for devices * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. */ /** * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead * of it being pushed into the SKB * @addr: the device MAC address * @iftype: the virtual interface type * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. */ int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); /** * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame * @addr: the device MAC address * @iftype: the virtual interface type * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. */ static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype) { return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); } /** * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid * * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the * mesh control field. * * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode */ bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr); /** * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame * * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. * * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and * initialized by the caller. * @addr: The device MAC address. * @iftype: The device interface type. * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu */ void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, const unsigned int extra_headroom, const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, u8 mesh_control); /** * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol * * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated * protocol. * * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol * Return: true if encapsulation was found */ bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); /** * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames * * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh * header to the ethernet header (if present). * * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header * * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. */ int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); /** * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame * @skb: the data frame * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. */ unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); /** * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data * * @eid: element ID * @ies: data consisting of IEs * @len: length of data * @match: byte array to match * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take * the data portion instead. * * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the * requested element struct. * * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the * byte array to match. */ const struct element * cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, unsigned int match_offset); /** * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data * * @eid: element ID * @ies: data consisting of IEs * @len: length of data * @match: byte array to match * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and * the second byte is the IE length. * * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the * element ID. * * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the * byte array to match. */ static inline const u8 * cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, unsigned int match_offset) { /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. */ if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || (!match_len && match_offset))) return NULL; return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, match, match_len, match_offset ? match_offset - 2 : 0); } /** * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data * * @eid: element ID * @ies: data consisting of IEs * @len: length of data * * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the * requested element struct. * * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than * having to fit into the given data. */ static inline const struct element * cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) { return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); } /** * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data * * @eid: element ID * @ies: data consisting of IEs * @len: length of data * * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. * * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than * having to fit into the given data. */ static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) { return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); } /** * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data * * @ext_eid: element ID Extension * @ies: data consisting of IEs * @len: length of data * * Return: %NULL if the extended element could not be found or if * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the * requested element struct. * * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than * having to fit into the given data. */ static inline const struct element * cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) { return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, &ext_eid, 1, 0); } /** * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data * * @ext_eid: element ID Extension * @ies: data consisting of IEs * @len: length of data * * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. * * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than * having to fit into the given data. */ static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) { return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, &ext_eid, 1, 2); } /** * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data * * @oui: vendor OUI * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any * @ies: data consisting of IEs * @len: length of data * * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise * return the element structure for the requested element. * * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into * the given data. */ const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len); /** * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data * * @oui: vendor OUI * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any * @ies: data consisting of IEs * @len: length of data * * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the * element ID. * * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into * the given data. */ static inline const u8 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) { return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); } /** * enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret - reduced neighbor report iteration state * @RNR_ITER_CONTINUE: continue iterating with the next entry * @RNR_ITER_BREAK: break iteration and return success * @RNR_ITER_ERROR: break iteration and return error */ enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret { RNR_ITER_CONTINUE, RNR_ITER_BREAK, RNR_ITER_ERROR, }; /** * cfg80211_iter_rnr - iterate reduced neighbor report entries * @elems: the frame elements to iterate RNR elements and then * their entries in * @elems_len: length of the elements * @iter: iteration function, see also &enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret * for the return value * @iter_data: additional data passed to the iteration function * Return: %true on success (after successfully iterating all entries * or if the iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_BREAK), * %false on error (iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_ERROR * or elements were malformed.) */ bool cfg80211_iter_rnr(const u8 *elems, size_t elems_len, enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret (*iter)(void *data, u8 type, const struct ieee80211_neighbor_ap_info *info, const u8 *tbtt_info, u8 tbtt_info_len), void *iter_data); /** * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer * * @elem: the element to defragment * @ies: elements where @elem is contained * @ieslen: length of @ies * @data: buffer to store element data, or %NULL to just determine size * @data_len: length of @data, or 0 * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments * * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error * * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while * skipping all headers. * * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an * element in-place. */ ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies, size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len, u8 frag_id); /** * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame * * @dev: network device * @addr: STA MAC address * * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge * devices upon STA association. */ void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); /** * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure * * TODO */ /** * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting * conflicts) * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted * alpha2. * * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. * * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). * * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get * an -ENOMEM. * * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. */ int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); /** * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy * * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more * information. * * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM */ int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); /** * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy * * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). * * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM */ int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); /** * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy * * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy * that called this helper. */ void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); /** * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for * * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received * and processed already. * * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. */ const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 center_freq); /** * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator * * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a * proper string representation. * * Return: pointer to string representation of the initiator */ const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); /** * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. * * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). * * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise */ bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); /** * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions * */ /** * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively * * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. * @freq: the frequency (in MHz) to be queried. * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. * * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. * * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get * an -ENODATA. * * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. */ int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); /* * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification * functions and BSS handling helpers */ /** * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished * * @request: the corresponding scan request * @info: information about the completed scan */ void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); /** * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available * * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request */ void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); /** * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped * * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request * * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. */ void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); /** * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped * * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request * * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. */ void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); /** * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS * @data: the BSS metadata * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) * @len: length of the management frame * @gfp: context flags * * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and * the BSS should be updated/added. * * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! * Or %NULL on error. */ struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, gfp_t gfp); static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) { struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { .chan = rx_channel, .signal = signal, }; return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); } /** * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID * @bssid: transmitter BSSID * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID */ static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) { u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); u64 new_bssid_u64; new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); } /** * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited * @element: element to check * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element * * Return: %true if should be inherited, %false otherwise */ bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, const struct element *non_inherit_element); /** * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs * @ie: ies * @ielen: length of IEs * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length * * Return: the number of bytes merged */ size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, const struct element *mbssid_elem, const struct element *sub_elem, u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); /** * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is * from a beacon or probe response * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON: data comes from an S1G beacon */ enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON, }; /** * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies * @ie: IEs * @ielen: length of IEs * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel * * Return: the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. */ int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, enum nl80211_band band); /** * cfg80211_ssid_eq - compare two SSIDs * @a: first SSID * @b: second SSID * * Return: %true if SSIDs are equal, %false otherwise. */ static inline bool cfg80211_ssid_eq(struct cfg80211_ssid *a, struct cfg80211_ssid *b) { if (WARN_ON(!a || !b)) return false; if (a->ssid_len != b->ssid_len) return false; return memcmp(a->ssid, b->ssid, a->ssid_len) ? false : true; } /** * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS * * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS * @data: the BSS metadata * @ftype: frame type (if known) * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer * @ielen: length of the additional IEs * @gfp: context flags * * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and * the BSS should be updated/added. * * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! * Or %NULL on error. */ struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, gfp_t gfp); static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) { struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { .chan = rx_channel, .signal = signal, }; return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, gfp); } /** * __cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy * @use_for: indicates which use is intended * * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. */ struct cfg80211_bss *__cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel, const u8 *bssid, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, enum ieee80211_privacy privacy, u32 use_for); /** * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy * * This version implies regular usage, %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. * * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. */ static inline struct cfg80211_bss * cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel, const u8 *bssid, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, enum ieee80211_privacy privacy) { return __cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, bssid, ssid, ssid_len, bss_type, privacy, NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL); } static inline struct cfg80211_bss * cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) { return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); } /** * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to * @bss: the BSS struct to reference * * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. */ void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); /** * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to * @bss: the BSS struct * * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. */ void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); /** * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures * @wiphy: the wiphy * @bss: the bss to remove * * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. */ void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); /** * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries * * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. * * @wiphy: the wiphy * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. * @iter: the iterator function to call * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function */ void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, void *data), void *iter_data); /** * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame * @dev: network device * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) * @len: length of the frame data * * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. * * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. */ void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); /** * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication * @dev: network device * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out * * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's * mutex. */ void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); /** * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data - association response data * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) * @len: length of the frame data * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for * non-MLO connections * @links.bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the * pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that * were rejected by the AP. */ struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data { const u8 *buf; size_t len; const u8 *req_ies; size_t req_ies_len; int uapsd_queues; const u8 *ap_mld_addr; struct { u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); struct cfg80211_bss *bss; u16 status; } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; }; /** * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response * @dev: network device * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data * * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). * * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. */ void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, const struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data *data); /** * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some * other API (e.g. deauth RX) */ struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { const u8 *ap_mld_addr; struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; bool timeout; }; /** * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure * @dev: network device * @data: data describing the association failure * * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. */ void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); /** * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame * @dev: network device * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) * @len: length of the frame data * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) * * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the * corresponding wdev's mutex. */ void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool reconnect); /** * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame * @dev: network device * @buf: received management frame (header + body) * @len: length of the frame data * * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). * * This function may sleep. */ void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); /** * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) * @dev: network device * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) * @gfp: allocation flags * * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() * primitive. */ void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS * * @dev: network device * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined * @gfp: allocation flags * * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. */ void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer * candidate * * @dev: network device * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm * @gfp: allocation flags * * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. */ void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); /** * DOC: RFkill integration * * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off. Drivers are * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. * * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. */ /** * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state * @wiphy: the wiphy * @blocked: block status * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons */ void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) { wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); } /** * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill * @wiphy: the wiphy */ void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); /** * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill * @wiphy: the wiphy */ static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) { rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); } /** * DOC: Vendor commands * * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as * the configuration mechanism. * * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one. Each command has an * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. * * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection * managers etc. need. */ struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_commands cmd, enum nl80211_attrs attr, int approxlen); struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, enum nl80211_commands cmd, enum nl80211_attrs attr, unsigned int portid, int vendor_event_idx, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply * @wiphy: the wiphy * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will * be put into the skb * * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. * * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. * You must not modify the skb in any other way. * * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. * * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. */ static inline struct sk_buff * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) { return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); } /** * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() * * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the * skb regardless of the return value. * * Return: An error code or 0 on success. */ int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); /** * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID * @wiphy: the wiphy * * Return: the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. * * Context: May only be called from a vendor command handler */ unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); /** * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb * @wiphy: the wiphy * @wdev: the wireless device * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will * be put into the skb * @gfp: allocation flags * * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the * vendor-specific multicast group. * * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data * attribute. * * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the * skb to send the event. * * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. */ static inline struct sk_buff * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) { return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); } /** * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb * @wiphy: the wiphy * @wdev: the wireless device * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events * @portid: port ID of the receiver * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will * be put into the skb * @gfp: allocation flags * * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. * * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data * attribute. * * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the * skb to send the event. * * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. */ static inline struct sk_buff * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, unsigned int portid, int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) { return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); } /** * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() * @gfp: allocation flags * * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. */ static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) { __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); } #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE /** * DOC: Test mode * * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, * factory programming. * * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it. For more * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. */ /** * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply * @wiphy: the wiphy * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will * be put into the skb * * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. * * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You * must not modify the skb in any other way. * * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. * * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. */ static inline struct sk_buff * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) { return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); } /** * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() * * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb * regardless of the return value. * * Return: An error code or 0 on success. */ static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) { return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); } /** * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event * @wiphy: the wiphy * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will * be put into the skb * @gfp: allocation flags * * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the * testmode multicast group. * * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb * in any other way. * * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the * skb to send the event. * * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. */ static inline struct sk_buff * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) { return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, approxlen, gfp); } /** * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() * @gfp: allocation flags * * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always * consumes it. */ static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) { __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); } #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), #else #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) #endif /** * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the * status for a FILS connection. * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). */ struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { const u8 *kek; size_t kek_len; bool update_erp_next_seq_num; u16 erp_next_seq_num; const u8 *pmk; size_t pmk_len; const u8 *pmkid; }; /** * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that * case. * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise * zero. * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the * connected AP info. * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise * %NULL. * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs * to be specified. * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) */ struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { int status; const u8 *req_ie; size_t req_ie_len; const u8 *resp_ie; size_t resp_ie_len; struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; const u8 *ap_mld_addr; u16 valid_links; struct { const u8 *addr; const u8 *bssid; struct cfg80211_bss *bss; u16 status; } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; }; /** * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result * * @dev: network device * @params: connection response parameters * @gfp: allocation flags * * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. */ void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result * * @dev: network device * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that * case. * @gfp: allocation flags * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). * * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. */ static inline void cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) { struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); params.status = status; params.links[0].bssid = bssid; params.links[0].bss = bss; params.req_ie = req_ie; params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; params.resp_ie = resp_ie; params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); } /** * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result * * @dev: network device * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you * the real status code for failures. * @gfp: allocation flags * * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. */ static inline void cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, u16 status, gfp_t gfp) { cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, resp_ie_len, status, gfp, NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); } /** * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout * * @dev: network device * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length * @gfp: allocation flags * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. * * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. */ static inline void cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) { cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, gfp, timeout_reason); } /** * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information * * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length * @fils: FILS related roaming information. * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. * Otherwise zero. * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be * %NULL if %links.bss is set. * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) */ struct cfg80211_roam_info { const u8 *req_ie; size_t req_ie_len; const u8 *resp_ie; size_t resp_ie_len; struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; const u8 *ap_mld_addr; u16 valid_links; struct { const u8 *addr; const u8 *bssid; struct ieee80211_channel *channel; struct cfg80211_bss *bss; } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; }; /** * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming * * @dev: network device * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. * @gfp: allocation flags * * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be * released while disconnecting from the current bss. */ void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association * * @dev: network device * @peer_addr: BSSID of the AP/P2P GO in case of STA/GC or STA/GC MAC address * in case of AP/P2P GO * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy * @gfp: allocation flags * * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to * indicate the 802.11 association. * This function can also be called by AP/P2P GO driver that supports * authentication offload. In this case the peer_mac passed is that of * associated STA/GC. */ void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer_addr, const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped * * @dev: network device * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) * @ie_len: length of IEs * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally * @gfp: allocation flags * * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state * and not try to connect to any AP any more. */ void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start * @wdev: wireless device * @cookie: the request cookie * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the * channel * @gfp: allocation flags */ void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, struct ieee80211_channel *chan, unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired * @wdev: wireless device * @cookie: the request cookie * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) * @gfp: allocation flags */ void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired * @wdev: wireless device * @cookie: the requested cookie * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) * @gfp: allocation flags */ void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. * * @sinfo: the station information * @gfp: allocation flags * * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. */ int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. * * @link_sinfo: the link station information * @gfp: allocation flags * * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. */ int cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct link_station_info *link_sinfo, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info * @sinfo: the station information * * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on * the stack.) */ static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) { kfree(sinfo->pertid); for (int link_id = 0; link_id < ARRAY_SIZE(sinfo->links); link_id++) { if (sinfo->links[link_id]) { kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]->pertid); kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]); } } } /** * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station * * @dev: the netdev * @mac_addr: the station's address * @sinfo: the station information * @gfp: allocation flags */ void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station * @dev: the netdev * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. * @sinfo: the station information/statistics * @gfp: allocation flags */ void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station * * @dev: the netdev * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. * @gfp: allocation flags */ static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) { cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); } /** * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification * * @dev: the netdev * @mac_addr: the station's address * @reason: the reason for connection failure * @gfp: allocation flags * * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection * for some reasons, this function is called. * * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum */ void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, gfp_t gfp); /** * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info * * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on * @buf: Management frame (header + body) * @len: length of the frame data * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds */ struct cfg80211_rx_info { int freq; int sig_dbm; bool have_link_id; u8 link_id; const u8 *buf; size_t len; u32 flags; u64 rx_tstamp; u64 ack_tstamp; }; /** * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info * * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. * * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. */ bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); /** * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown * @buf: Management frame (header + body) * @len: length of the frame data * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags * * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. * * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. */ static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags) { struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { .freq = freq, .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, .buf = buf, .len = len, .flags = flags }; return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); } /** * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown * @buf: Management frame (header + body) * @len: length of the frame data * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags * * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. * * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. */ static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags) { struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, .buf = buf, .len = len, .flags = flags }; return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); } /** * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information * * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds * @buf: Management frame (header + body) * @len: length of the frame data * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged */ struct cfg80211_tx_status { u64 cookie; u64 tx_tstamp; u64 ack_tstamp; const u8 *buf; size_t len; bool ack; }; /** * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame * @status: TX status data * @gfp: context flags * * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the * transmission attempt with extended info. */ void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() * @buf: Management frame (header + body) * @len: length of the frame data * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged * @gfp: context flags * * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the * transmission attempt. */ static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) { struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { .cookie = cookie, .buf = buf, .len = len, .ack = ack }; cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); } /** * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control * port frames * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() * @buf: Data frame (header + body) * @len: length of the frame data * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged * @gfp: context flags * * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of * the transmission attempt. */ void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame * @dev: The device the frame matched to * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that * skb->protocol is set appropriately. * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown * * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive * control port frames over nl80211. * * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). * * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace */ bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted, int link_id); /** * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event * @dev: network device * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available * @gfp: context flags * * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring * rssi threshold reached event occurs. */ void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer * @dev: network device * @peer: peer's MAC address * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent * threshold (to account for temporary interference) * @gfp: context flags */ void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event * @dev: network device * @peer: peer's MAC address * @num_packets: how many packets were lost * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. * @gfp: context flags * * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a * given interval is exceeded. */ void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event * @dev: network device * @gfp: context flags * * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. */ void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); /** * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event * @wiphy: the wiphy * @chandef: chandef for the current channel * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain * @gfp: context flags * * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. */ void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); static inline void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp) { __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); } static inline void cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp) { __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); } /** * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event * @dev: network device * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value * @gfp: context flags * * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action * frame. */ void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event * @netdev: network device * @chandef: chandef for the current channel * @event: type of event * @gfp: context flags * @link_id: valid link_id for MLO operation or 0 otherwise. * * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, * also by full-MAC drivers. */ void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp, unsigned int link_id); /** * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event * @wiphy: the wiphy * * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. */ void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); /** * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying * @dev: network device * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) * @replay_ctr: new replay counter * @gfp: allocation flags */ void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate * @dev: network device * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) * @bssid: BSSID of AP * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication * @gfp: allocation flags */ void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame * @dev: The device the frame matched to * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown * @addr: the transmitter address * @gfp: context flags * * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the * sender. * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) */ bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, int link_id, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame * @dev: The device the frame matched to * @addr: the transmitter address * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown * @gfp: context flags * * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each * station to avoid event flooding. * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) */ bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, int link_id, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status * @dev: the device the probe was sent on * @addr: the address of the peer * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. * @gfp: allocation flags */ void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon * @frame: the frame * @len: length of the frame * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown * * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. */ void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); /** * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon * @frame: the frame * @len: length of the frame * @freq: frequency the frame was received on * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown * * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. */ static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm) { cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), sig_dbm); } /** * struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config - beacon check configuration * @iftype: the interface type to check for * @relax: allow IR-relaxation conditions to apply (e.g. another * interface connected already on the same channel) * NOTE: If this is set, wiphy mutex must be held. * @reg_power: &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power value indicating the * advertised/used 6 GHz regulatory power setting */ struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config { enum nl80211_iftype iftype; enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power reg_power; bool relax; }; /** * cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing - check if beaconing is allowed * @wiphy: the wiphy * @chandef: the channel definition * @cfg: additional parameters for the checking * * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) */ bool cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config *cfg); /** * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed * @wiphy: the wiphy * @chandef: the channel definition * @iftype: interface type * * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) */ static inline bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, enum nl80211_iftype iftype) { struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { .iftype = iftype, }; return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); } /** * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation * @wiphy: the wiphy * @chandef: the channel definition * @iftype: interface type * * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under * more permissive conditions. * * Context: Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. */ static inline bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, enum nl80211_iftype iftype) { struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { .iftype = iftype, .relax = true, }; return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); } /** * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace * @dev: the device which switched channels * @chandef: the new channel definition * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO * * Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable * driver context! */ void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, unsigned int link_id); /** * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started * @chandef: the future channel definition * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP * * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. */ void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, unsigned int link_id, u8 count, bool quiet); /** * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band * * @operating_class: the operating class to convert * @band: band pointer to fill * * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. */ bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, enum nl80211_band *band); /** * ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef - convert operating class to chandef * * @operating_class: the operating class to convert * @chan: the ieee80211_channel to convert * @chandef: a pointer to the resulting chandef * * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. */ bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef(u8 operating_class, struct ieee80211_channel *chan, struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); /** * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class * * @chandef: the chandef to convert * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class * * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. */ bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, u8 *op_class); /** * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz * * @chandef: the chandef to convert * * Return: the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. */ static inline u32 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) { return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; } /** * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request * @gfp: allocation flags * * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). */ void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from * * Return: calculated bitrate */ u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); /** * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove * * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device * is unbound from the driver. * * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. */ void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); /** * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev * @dev: the netdev to register * * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable * instead as well. * * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. * * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. */ int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); /** * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev * @dev: the netdev to register * * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are * usable instead as well. * * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. */ static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) { #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); #endif } /** * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements * @ies: FT IEs * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address * @ric_ies: RIC IE * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes */ struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { const u8 *ies; size_t ies_len; const u8 *target_ap; const u8 *ric_ies; size_t ric_ies_len; }; /** * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE * @netdev: network device * @ft_event: IE information */ void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); /** * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer * @ies: the input IE buffer * @len: the input length * @attr: the attribute ID to find * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size * @bufsize: size of the output buffer * * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and * copies its contents to the given buffer. * * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). */ int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); /** * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) * @ies: the IE buffer * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer * * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be * split. * * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this * has to be guaranteed by the caller! * * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. * * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be * used. */ size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, const u8 *ids, int n_ids, const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, size_t offset); /** * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering * @ies: the IE buffer * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer * * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be * split. * * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this * has to be guaranteed by the caller! * * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. * * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be * used. */ static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) { return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); } /** * ieee80211_fragment_element - fragment the last element in skb * @skb: The skbuf that the element was added to * @len_pos: Pointer to length of the element to fragment * @frag_id: The element ID to use for fragments * * This function fragments all data after @len_pos, adding fragmentation * elements with the given ID as appropriate. The SKB will grow in size * accordingly. */ void ieee80211_fragment_element(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *len_pos, u8 frag_id); /** * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup * @wakeup: the wakeup report * @gfp: allocation flags * * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something * else caused the wakeup. */ void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. * * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. * @gfp: allocation flags * * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. */ void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); /** * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has * @wiphy: the wiphy * * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. */ unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); /** * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations * * @wiphy: the wiphy * @params: the interface combinations parameter * * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to * the interface combinations. * * Return: 0 if combinations are allowed. Non-zero on error. */ int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct iface_combination_params *params); /** * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations * * @wiphy: the wiphy * @params: the interface combinations parameter * @iter: function to call for each matching combination * @data: pointer to pass to iter function * * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching * purposes. * * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. */ int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct iface_combination_params *params, void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, void *data), void *data); /** * cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan - get the radio index by the channel * * @wiphy: the wiphy * @chan: channel for which the supported radio index is required * * Return: radio index on success or -EINVAL otherwise */ int cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan(struct wiphy *wiphy, const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); /** * cfg80211_stop_link - stop AP/P2P_GO link if link_id is non-negative or stops * all links on the interface. * * @wiphy: the wiphy * @wdev: wireless device * @link_id: valid link ID in case of MLO AP/P2P_GO Operation or else -1 * @gfp: context flags * * If link_id is set during MLO operation, stops only the specified AP/P2P_GO * link and if link_id is set to -1 or last link is stopped, the entire * interface is stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA disconnected. */ void cfg80211_stop_link(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, int link_id, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection * * @wiphy: the wiphy * @wdev: wireless device * @gfp: context flags * * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA * disconnected. * * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. */ static inline void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp) { cfg80211_stop_link(wiphy, wdev, -1, gfp); } /** * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down * * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors * that really can't be recovered in any other way. * * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into * the driver while the function is running. */ void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); /** * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag * * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. * * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) */ static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) { u8 *ft_byte; ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); } /** * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag * * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. * * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) * * Return: %true if extended feature flag is set, %false otherwise */ static inline bool wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) { u8 ft_byte; ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; } /** * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function * @f: NAN function that should be freed * * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. */ void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); /** * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery * result. * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. * @inst_id: the local instance id * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function * @addr: the MAC address of the peer * @info_len: the length of the &info * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function */ struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; u8 inst_id; u8 peer_inst_id; const u8 *addr; u8 info_len; const u8 *info; u64 cookie; }; /** * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match * @match: match notification parameters * @gfp: allocation flags * * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. */ void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. * * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match * @inst_id: the local instance id * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier * @gfp: allocation flags * * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. */ void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u8 inst_id, enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); /* ethtool helper */ void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); /** * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication * @netdev: network device * @params: External authentication parameters * @gfp: allocation flags * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error */ int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement * @req: the original measurement request * @result: the result data * @gfp: allocation flags */ void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement * @req: the original measurement request * @gfp: allocation flags * * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this * the request pointer will no longer be valid. */ void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed * @wiphy: the wiphy * @iftype: interface type * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces * * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when * check_swif is '1'. * * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise */ bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); /** * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was * temporarily rejected with a comeback * @netdev: network device * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the association * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. * * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. */ void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg #else #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ ({ \ if (0) \ wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 0; \ }) #endif /* * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the * file/line information and a backtrace. */ #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); /** * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space * @netdev: network device * @owe_info: peer's owe info * @gfp: allocation flags */ void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries * @wiphy: the wiphy */ void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); /** * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event * @dev: network device * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. * * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. */ int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, u64 color_bitmap, u8 link_id); /** * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision * @dev: network device * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. * * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. */ static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, u64 color_bitmap, u8 link_id) { return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 0, color_bitmap, link_id); } /** * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start * @dev: the device on which the color is switched * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. * * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. * * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. */ static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, u8 count, u8 link_id) { return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, count, 0, link_id); } /** * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort * @dev: the device on which the color is switched * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. * * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. * * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. */ static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev, u8 link_id) { return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 0, 0, link_id); } /** * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion * @dev: the device on which the color was switched * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. * * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. * * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. */ static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, u8 link_id) { return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 0, 0, link_id); } /** * cfg80211_6ghz_power_type - determine AP regulatory power type * @control: control flags * @client_flags: &enum ieee80211_channel_flags for station mode to enable * SP to LPI fallback, zero otherwise. * * Return: regulatory power type from &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power */ static inline enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power cfg80211_6ghz_power_type(u8 control, u32 client_flags) { switch (u8_get_bits(control, IEEE80211_HE_6GHZ_OPER_CTRL_REG_INFO)) { case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_LPI_AP: case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_INDOOR_LPI_AP: case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_AP_ROLE_NOT_RELEVANT: case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_INDOOR_SP_AP_OLD: return IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP; case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_SP_AP: return IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP; case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_VLP_AP: return IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP; case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_INDOOR_SP_AP: if (client_flags & IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT) return IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP; return IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP; default: return IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP; } } /** * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links. * @dev: network device. * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs. * * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this * case disconnect instead. * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held. */ void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask); /** * struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data - MLO reconfiguration data * @buf: MLO Reconfiguration Response frame (header + body) * @len: length of the frame data * @driver_initiated: Indicates whether the add links request is initiated by * driver. This is set to true when the link reconfiguration request * initiated by driver due to AP link recommendation requests * (Ex: BTM (BSS Transition Management) request) handling offloaded to * driver. * @added_links: BIT mask of links successfully added to the association * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID * @links.bss: the BSS that MLO reconfiguration was requested for, ownership of * the pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). * * The BSS pointer must be set for each link for which 'add' operation was * requested in the assoc_ml_reconf callback. */ struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data { const u8 *buf; size_t len; bool driver_initiated; u16 added_links; struct { struct cfg80211_bss *bss; u8 *addr; } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; }; /** * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done - Notify about MLO reconfiguration result * @dev: network device. * @data: MLO reconfiguration done data, &struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data * * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace that processing of ML reconfiguration * request to add links to the association is done. */ void cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data *data); /** * cfg80211_schedule_channels_check - schedule regulatory check if needed * @wdev: the wireless device to check * * In case the device supports NO_IR or DFS relaxations, schedule regulatory * channels check, as previous concurrent operation conditions may not * hold anymore. */ void cfg80211_schedule_channels_check(struct wireless_dev *wdev); /** * cfg80211_epcs_changed - Notify about a change in EPCS state * @netdev: the wireless device whose EPCS state changed * @enabled: set to true if EPCS was enabled, otherwise set to false. */ void cfg80211_epcs_changed(struct net_device *netdev, bool enabled); /** * cfg80211_next_nan_dw_notif - Notify about the next NAN Discovery Window (DW) * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure * @chan: DW channel (6, 44 or 149) * @gfp: Memory allocation flags */ void cfg80211_next_nan_dw_notif(struct wireless_dev *wdev, struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); /** * cfg80211_nan_cluster_joined - Notify about NAN cluster join * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure * @cluster_id: Cluster ID of the NAN cluster that was joined or started * @new_cluster: Indicates if this is a new cluster or an existing one * @gfp: Memory allocation flags * * This function is used to notify user space when a NAN cluster has been * joined, providing the cluster ID and a flag whether it is a new cluster. */ void cfg80211_nan_cluster_joined(struct wireless_dev *wdev, const u8 *cluster_id, bool new_cluster, gfp_t gfp); #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS /** * wiphy_locked_debugfs_read - do a locked read in debugfs * @wiphy: the wiphy to use * @file: the file being read * @buf: the buffer to fill and then read from * @bufsize: size of the buffer * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy to * @count: read count * @ppos: read position * @handler: the read handler to call (under wiphy lock) * @data: additional data to pass to the read handler * * Return: the number of characters read, or a negative errno */ ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_read(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize, char __user *userbuf, size_t count, loff_t *ppos, ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize, void *data), void *data); /** * wiphy_locked_debugfs_write - do a locked write in debugfs * @wiphy: the wiphy to use * @file: the file being written to * @buf: the buffer to copy the user data to * @bufsize: size of the buffer * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy from * @count: read count * @handler: the write handler to call (under wiphy lock) * @data: additional data to pass to the write handler * * Return: the number of characters written, or a negative errno */ ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_write(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize, const char __user *userbuf, size_t count, ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, char *buf, size_t count, void *data), void *data); #endif /** * cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz - get S1G chandef start frequency * @chandef: the chandef to use * * Return: the chandefs starting frequency in KHz */ static inline u32 cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) { u32 bw_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); u32 center_khz = MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; return center_khz - bw_mhz * 500 + 500; } /** * cfg80211_s1g_get_end_freq_khz - get S1G chandef end frequency * @chandef: the chandef to use * * Return: the chandefs ending frequency in KHz */ static inline u32 cfg80211_s1g_get_end_freq_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) { u32 bw_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); u32 center_khz = MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; return center_khz + bw_mhz * 500 - 500; } /** * cfg80211_s1g_get_primary_sibling - retrieve the sibling 1MHz subchannel * for an S1G chandef using a 2MHz primary channel. * @wiphy: wiphy the channel belongs to * @chandef: the chandef to use * * When chandef::s1g_primary_2mhz is set to true, we are operating on a 2MHz * primary channel. The 1MHz subchannel designated by the primary channel * location exists within chandef::chan, whilst the 'sibling' is denoted as * being the other 1MHz subchannel that make up the 2MHz primary channel. * * Returns: the sibling 1MHz &struct ieee80211_channel, or %NULL on failure. */ static inline struct ieee80211_channel * cfg80211_s1g_get_primary_sibling(struct wiphy *wiphy, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) { int width_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); u32 pri_1mhz_khz, sibling_1mhz_khz, op_low_1mhz_khz, pri_index; if (!chandef->s1g_primary_2mhz || width_mhz < 2) return NULL; pri_1mhz_khz = ieee80211_channel_to_khz(chandef->chan); op_low_1mhz_khz = cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz(chandef); /* * Compute the index of the primary 1 MHz subchannel within the * operating channel, relative to the lowest 1 MHz center frequency. * Flip the least significant bit to select the even/odd sibling, * then translate that index back into a channel frequency. */ pri_index = (pri_1mhz_khz - op_low_1mhz_khz) / 1000; sibling_1mhz_khz = op_low_1mhz_khz + ((pri_index ^ 1) * 1000); return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, sibling_1mhz_khz); } #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
